The

Automation Book
A world of solutions

Global service & support / Innovative solutions /

Standards driven / Improving financial performance
Global Player

Global impact of
Mitsubishi Electric
Mitsubishi Electric is involved in many areas
including the following

 Energy and Electric Systems

A wide range of power and electrical prod-
ucts from generators to large-scale displays.

 Electronic Devices
A wide portfolio of cutting-edge semicon-
ductor devices for systems and products.

 Home Appliances
Dependable consumer products like air
conditioners and home entertainment
systems.

 Information and
Communication Systems
Commercial and consumer-centric equip-
ment, products and systems.

 Industrial Automation Systems

Through Mitsubishi Electric’s vision, “Changes for the Better” are possible for a brighter future.
Maximising productivity and efficiency with
cutting-edge automation technology.
We bring together the best minds to create
the best technologies. At Mitsubishi Electric,
we understand that technology is the driv-
ing force of change in our lives. By bringing
greater comfort to daily life, maximising the
efficiency of businesses and keeping things
running across society, we integrate tech-
nology and innovation to bring changes for
the better.

2
 Contents

Contents

Introduction to Mitsubishi Electric 4

Applications in action 6

Tomorrow’s quality, today’s goals 12

European Service 14

ERP
Enterprise Resource
Management TOP FLOOR

Operation & Planning

PLANT MES

Automation solutions 16
Plant Integration Manufacturing
Level Manufacturing Execution System Execution System
Mitsubishi Mitsubishi
Integrated EZSocket
FA Software Partner Products

EZSocket
Mitsubishi
Communication Software

Automation Solutions

SHOP FLOOR

Controllers/PLCs 20

HMIs/GOTs/Software 22

Inverters 24

Motion control 26

Robots 28

Low voltage switchgears 30

Application solutions 32

Section 2: Technical Information

3
Global partner. Local friend.

Present right
through Europe

An open working relationship between supplier and customer gets results faster and more efficiently.

From the development of products to the

management of entire plants, our experi-
Sales and support,
ence in the industrial market spans more never far away
than 80 years. The knowledge we have built The Factory Automation division has its
up over the decades and our complete own sales organisations in Germany, Great
product portfolio allow us to work together Britain, France, Ireland, Italy, Spain, Russia,
with customers to create complete turnkey Poland and Czech Republic. In addition,
solutions that meet all specific needs. With we have developed an extensive network
a globe-spanning service network, we not of partner companies across the whole of
only provide after-sales service, but also Europe and neighbouring countries.
training and technical consultation.
We coordinate and organise our local sup-
port throughout Europe to ensure the high-
Global partner, est possible standards. Additional support
local friend services are available from our European
Development Centre (EDC) and EMC Com-
Mitsubishi Electric Factory Automation is
petence Centre.
synonymous with innovative, high-quality
products. Our programmable logic control-
lers, drive solutions and industrial robots are
among the most powerful on the market,
and have been contributing to the suc-
cess of European manufacturing for over
30 years.

4
 Trust and loyalty

Trust and loyalty is as

important as products
Collaboration with capable partners in
the automation industry is one of the key
elements in Mitsubishi Electric’s success.
Today more than ever, customers expect
automation solutions tailored to the spe-
cific requirements of their applications. Our
partners’ expertise in specific industries,
coupled with Mitsubishi Electric’s innova-
tive automation technology, are the two
main ingredients of a successful recipe for
made-to-order solutions and perfect cus-
tomer service.

A focus on service
The customer is always the focus of all our
service activities. Our customers get the best
possible support from experienced staff,
who provide competent advice and help
with planning, projects, installation and
configuration, training and all automation
questions and tasks. Optimized stocks and a
central logistics centre ensure fast, efficient
deliveries of replacement and spare parts.
For fast technical information and support,
we handle questions from customers all
over Europe via our telephone hotline. Attention to detail leaves little to chance.

Setting the standards Market leaders

Mitsubishi Electric has a reputation for pro- In the world of manufacturing, change is
ducing high quality products. This comes, omnipresent. To ensure our products reflect
in part, from our commitment to under- the current needs of customers, we base
standing and meeting the requirements of every aspect of product development and
international standards and directives. In production on the voice of the market. To
addition to European CE compliance, many keep our high levels of product reliability,
products also have additional approvals we incorporate a quality control program
such as: that leaves nothing to chance, resulting in
the high level of quality synonymous with
 e-mark, for use in vehicles
the Mitsubishi Electric name.
 S hipping approvals like ABS, DNV, GL,
Mitsubishi Electric products are widely
RINA, BV, Lloyd’s register
regarded as being among the most inno-
 I nternational approvals like UL (USA), vative in the industry. In terms of volume,
cUL (Canada) and EAC mark. one in three PLCs in the world today is a
Mitsubishi.
Indeed, some of our competitors use
Mitsubishi Electric’s innovative power man-
agement technology in their own frequency
inverters.
When all these factors are taken together,
it is no wonder our customers think of
Mitsubishi Electric’s automation products
as leading the market.

5
Automation solutions

Water

Water is a critical element of life. Without

Application in action a constant, clean supply for drinking and
Company: Klinting Vandvaerk washing and effective handling of grey
Location: Denmark waste, society quickly breaks down. Auto-
Automation specialist: mation solutions need to be reliable and
PRO/AUTOMATIC flexible to meet the changing demands of
Application: Water pumping station the public but also the pressures to deliver
Products: Mitsubishi Electric modular shareholder value. That is why so many util-
PLCs, frequency inverter drives, Wago ity companies use Mitsubishi Electric.
remote I/Os
Network: CC-Link
Note:
Bore holes were up to 1.2 km away
from the main water station.
Comment:
“It was easy to create the network
systems and it has some very powerful
unique features.”
Jean Petersen PRO/AUTOMATIC

6
 Automation solutions

Food

The range of food available to the consumer

today is vast, from ready prepared salads to Application in action
pre-cooked pies and frozen meats. Much of Company: Virgin Trading (Virgin Cola)
it comes from far off places but must be pro- Location: Ireland
cessed and delivered on time, every time. Automation Specialist: Charles Wait
Because food is so important to our daily Application: Manufacture of cola
lives there are strict rules and guidelines concentrate
regarding traceability, labelling, packaging Products: Mitsubishi Electric software
and quality control. Mitsubishi Electric has and modular PLCs
expertise in all of these areas. Note:
Production facility built to be one of
the most efficient in the world with
an on-site staff of 6 producing up to
2 billion litres of Cola per year
Comment:
“We chose Mitsubishi Electric …
because of their reputation for
reliability and worldwide support
particularly in the food and beverage
industry.”
Rod Golightly, Charles Wait

7
Automation solutions

Manufacturing

Manufacturing, like all engineering fields, is

Application in action constantly under pressure to deliver innova-
Company: Kaba Group tive products in the most cost effective way.
Location: Austria Generally, manufacturers are looking for
Application: Manufacture of keys suppliers who offer automation solutions
Products: Mitsubishi Electric robots that support the wide variety of standards
Note: they need, as well as offering flexibility,
Two robots are used, one to place availability and reliability. This is one reason
the brass workpiece in to the milling why the world’s manufacturers have bought
machine while a second Robot picks more than twelve million Mitsubishi Electric
up machined keys and applies the final FX family PLCs since their introduction over
finish from a rotating brush. 30 years ago.
Comment:
“Thanks to the use of the robot
we were able to reduce costs and
significantly improve the transit time.”
Robert Weninghofer Production
Manager at Kaba

8
 Automation solutions

Automotive

Shorter production cycles, adaptive manu-

facturing and integration of all areas in the Application in action
manufacturing process are what make the Company: Global Engine
automotive industry one of the most high Manufacturing Alliance (GEMA)
power, high pressure, manufacturing sec- Location: USA
tors in the world. Application: Manufacture of
automotive engines
This is also why these global brands turn to
Products: Mitsubishi Electric
Mitsubishi Electric for the highest level of
modular PLCs, HMI control units,
automation expertise.
servo amplifiers, CNC controllers and
software
Note:
GEMA is an alliance of the Chrysler
Group, Mitsubishi Motors and Hyundai
Motor Co. There are two facilities
which will, together, produce up to
840,000 engines per year.
Comment:
The Chrysler Group estimates that
they will save annual costs of around
100 million dollars per year with the
new automation concept.

9
Automation solutions

Chemical

The chemical and pharmaceutical industries

Application in action are among the world’s most competitive,
Company: Follmann & Co. facing tough “speed to market” issues. New
Location: Germany products developed in the laboratory have
Application: Adhesive manufacture to be rushed into production. To do this
Products: Mitsubishi Electric compact safely, quickly and reliably, manufacturers
PLCs, HMI control units, frequency need flexible automation solutions that sup-
inverter drives port a wide range of standards. Mitsubishi
Networks: Ethernet + Fieldbus Electric automation products answer these
Note: needs.
The system has control over the
manufacturing process for processes
for 17 different adhesives
Comment:
“This economical alternative to
centralised process control technology
makes all functions and process and
production data transparent, from the
source up to the management Level.”
Axel Schuschies, Works Manager

10
 Automation solutions

Process

Many automated applications are a continu-

ous process. They vary widely, ranging from Application in action
power stations to waste incineration. How- Company: European Vinyls
ever, all share a need for highly reliable sys- Corporation (EVC)
tems. Moreover, control and management Location: United Kingdom
of operational waste is an issue undergoing Automation specialist: Tritec
greater regulation through directives such Application: Combined Heat and
as IPPC. Mitsubishi Electric developed its Power (CHP) plant
MELSEC System Q specifically to meet these Products: Mitsubishi Electric modular
requirements. PLCs and software
Note:
Dual redundant PLC solution cost 25 %
of traditional DCS solution. Installed
system now saves £500,000 (approx.
€530k) per year. Payback for the
control system was 6 months.
Comment:
“The PLC control system we developed
had a system cost of around £0.25m,
compared to £1m or more for a
conventional system.”
Tim Hartley, Tritec

11
Tomorrow’s quality

Tomorrow’s quality ...

Tomorrow’s technology requires investment today

Eco Changes – for
a greener future
Eco Changes is an expression of Mitsubishi
Electric’s commitment to environmental
management. The programme is directed
towards a greener future, achieved with
innovative environmental technologies
and manufacturing expertise. Mitsubishi
Electric’s goal is to help create an ecologi-
cal society by means of a broad spectrum
of technologies and solutions for private
households, offices, businesses, infrastruc-
ture and even space exploration. As a global
company, we intend to make a key contribu-
tion to achieving the goal of a world with
low carbon dioxide emissions and high
recycling rates.

12
 Today’s goals

... today’s goals

No matter what the application, the indus-

try or a company’s size, Mitsubishi Electric
Helping the
offers its customers the best service pos- environment
sible. This involves getting to know and It’s all about balance: the balance between
understand the customer’s needs, and effective use of resources, efficient use of
being responsive to changing legal and energy, and safeguards against potentially
social attitudes in order to develop prod- harmful substances.
ucts required tomorrow, in one year, or in
five years. This insight into the balance between effi-
cient automated manufacture and care for
our environment helps us to better under-
R&D – lifeblood stand the needs of our customers. For
of the future example, the need to monitor and control
waste in accordance with the European Inte- Working for a sustainable future.
Research and development is the lifeblood
grated Pollution Prevention Control (IPPC)
of Mitsubishi Electric. Our research and
directive.
development centres in Japan, the United
States and in Europe are working on inno- This is an immense challenge, but one that
vative technologies today for the break- Mitsubishi Electric is actively pursuing on a
through products of tomorrow. Mitsubishi daily basis, while keeping focused on one
Electric invests approximately 4 % of sales in goal. That goal is a global society where
developing tomorrow’s technologies. life can continually improve in harmonious
coexistence with the natural environment.
In a variety of ways, putting programmes
and systems into place that help us get And so Mitsubishi Electric factories work
closer to our goal of actualizing a sustain- to ensure full ISO 14000 compliance, and
able planet. From procurement to product to produce products with fewer harmful
design and manufacturing to logistics substances.
these activities demonstrate how environ-
mentally conscious thinking and action are
steadily becoming ingrained in our corpo-
rate culture.

13
European Service

Product and service

When choosing an automation partner our

customers look at many different factors,
from company stability to market-leading
products. Yet one thing they are all inter-
ested in is service and support.

Service in Europe
Networks, technology centres and partners
spanning Europe ensure outstanding local
support services.

Technical support is about getting the right answers first time.

14
 European Service

The human element

Reliable technical support is only a call away All repairs are carried out by qualified and experienced Comprehensive training programs
engineers.

Our customer hotline supports both current

and older product lines. Local engineers
Minimizing downtime Training for
then provide telephone support in native Downtime caused by an operational failure performance
languages. is never good news. In today’s tough busi-
Dealing with complex automation equip-
ness environment returning to full produc-
This local service can also provide in-depth ment in a fast-paced manufacturing envi-
tion as soon as possible is critical.
technical support when necessary. Thanks ronment requires well-trained personnel.
to this mix of local and centralized support Our comprehensive services will help you Mitsubishi Electric offers the latest automa-
customers can always be sure they can get to get your plant up and running again tion training in the use and maintenance of
the support they need, when they need it. fast, keeping expensive downtime to a automation systems. This ensures optimum
minimum. operating performance.
Complementing our local support, the
website https://eu3a.mitsubishielectric.com
offers MyMitsubishi users access to manu-
als, CAD drawings, HMI drivers, GSD files etc.
for free.

15
Automation solutions

Automation solutions ...

ERP
Compact PLCs Enterprise Resource
The world’s favourite compact PLC brings
together power and simplicity in equal measure.
Management

Operation

Modular PLCs
The MELSEC L series, iQ-R series and MELSEC Sys-
tem Q are high-performance modular control-
lers. With a wealth of integrated functions, they
PLANT
enable configuration of optimum solutions for
Plant Integration
all automation tasks. Level Manufacturing
Mitsubishi
Integrated
FA Software

MELSOFT
Productivity tools and software solutions to
help you get the best out of your automation
investment.

HMIs, GOTs and IPC

Automation
Mitsubishi Electric offers what is probably the
biggest range of control terminals and industrial
PCs (IPCs) available from any single manufacturer.

SHOP FLOOR

Inverters
Mitsubishi Electric has a reputation for reliable
inverters, which makes it easy for customers to
“Fit and Forget”.

16
 Automation solutions

... whatever the application

TOP FLOOR Motion Control

Mitsubishi Electric Servo and Motion systems
(Operation & Planing) offer scalable solutions from 1 to 96 axes.

& Planning

MES
Manufacturing
Execution System Execution System Robots
MELFA robots offer class leading technology for
both SCARA and articulated arm systems.
Mitsubishi
EZSocket
Partner Products

EZSocket
Mitsubishi
Communication Software

LV Switchgear
Advanced low voltage technology covering
switchgear and circuit breakers.

Solutions
CNC Control
Maximise your production and control with the
utmost reliability.

e-F@ctory is the Mitsubishi Electric solu-

tion for improving the performance of any
manufacturing enterprise, providing three
key benefits: Reduced total cost of owner-
ship (TCO), Maximized productivity, and
Seamless integration. EDM Machines
Mitsubishi Electric EDM - voted as the “Global
Market Leader 2005” by Frost and Sullivan.

17
Automation solutions

The e-F@ctory solution

This extends down the hierarchy with

CC‑Link IE Field, bringing gigabit bandwidth
to all devices.

iQ Platform
The iQ Platform is the enabling controller
hardware for the e-F@ctory solution. An iQ
system unites PLC, motion, CNC, robot and
process control in a single unified control-
ler architecture, linked seamlessly by a high
speed backplane.

MES Interface
The MES Interface IT products provide the
vital link between the shop floor controllers
such as the iQ Platform, and the enterprise
IT systems. The connection is direct, with
no intermediate PC hardware introducing
maintenance or security issues.
For more information about Mitsubishi
Get maximum system efficiency and performance with e-F@ctory Electric MES interface products please
refer to the technical part, chapter 12 in
this catalogue.
Our solutions for An e-F@ctory plant solves various issues
through the direct collection of a wide
your benefit variety of production site data, such as pro- The e-F@ctory
e-F@ctory was born out of the expertise duction and operation performance results Alliance
Mitsubishi Electric has developed as a global and quality information, in real-time from
equipment and devices, and then utilizes A key part of the e-F@ctory solution is the
manufacturing enterprise, facing essentially
this data in an enterprise IT system. “e-F@ctory Alliance”. We have teamed with
the same challenges our customers face.
other best-in-class suppliers to ­create part-
Our solution has been implemented in our This real time integration of production data nerships that allow our customers to truly
factories with dramatic results. We are now and enterprise IT solidly aids in improving benefit from the most comprehensive solu-
sharing this expertise with those who are quality, reducing lead time and increasing tions available. The e-F@ctory Alliance cur-
looking for the same benefits from their productivity. The e-F@ctory solution has rently has over 28 partners and their num-
own manufacturing operations. several key parts as follows. ber is growing. Current partners include
Adroit, Atos Origin, Control Microsystems,
CC-Link Network CODESYS, Cognex, Copa Data, DP Technol-
ogy, Emulate3D, eWON, FAG, Felten, HMS,
Architecture IBHsoftec, ILS Technology, INEA, KH Auto-
CC-Link provides a complete open network mation Projects, LEM, mpdv, DATALOGIC,
architecture that links all factory devices. ProLeiT, Raima, RITTAL, RT Leaders, SCHAD,
The top layer is CC-Link IE, which provides Schaffner, ubigrate, Visual Components,
the first gigabit Ethernet backbone to meet AUVESY, RealTimeLogic.
the ever increasing data communication
needs of modern factories.

18
 Automation solutions

Safety solutions

WS-Safety
iQ Platform iQ Platform
GOT GOT
Safety
Relays

Safety
QS-Safety AC Servo

20
Robot 20
10
8 10
6 8

Safety
4 6
4
21NC
21NC
2
2
22NC
1 22NC

VFD
AC-1Ith 0.8 1

Safe Torque
32A AC-1Ith 0.8
0.6 32A 0.6
0.4
0.4
0.2
0.2

Off Signal
Motor
20

10
8
6
4
21NC

2
22NC
1
AC-1Ith 0.8
32A 0.6
0.4

0.2

Safety Safety
Safety Devices
Devices Devices

Motor Safety Devices

QS Safety QS Safety
I/O Blocks I/O Blocks

Safety control is fully integrated into the Mitsubishi Electric automation solution

Comprehensive
safety solutions
The European Machinery Directive or inter-
national standards such as ISO12100 impose
strict regulations for the safety of plant and
machinery. Just like the machines them-
selves, the automation systems that control
them must also comply with the directives
and standards to ensure the safety of person-
nel in all phases of the machines’ service life.
At the same time, the safety concept has
shifted from human intervention based “zero
accidents” to risk assessment based “zero risk”.
As a solution for this, Mitsubishi Electric pro-
vides a total safety solution by incorporating
safety control devices, safety drive devices,
and safety components required for safety
systems. This allows optimal safety control
to be realized, boosting productivity.
Many companies can offer you a choice of
safety devices, or perhaps a safety system
Safety in every phase of your production
of some kind. However, few can provide a
complete safety solution that fully inte-
grates with the conventional automation of Please refer to the technical information sec-
your systems. The result is not only worker, tion of this catalogue for more information
machine and process safety, but industry and ask for our separatly available safety
leading productivity and performance. brochure.

19
Logic Controllers / Compact PLCs / Modular PLCs

Simple, easy, reliable

Reliable
We design and build our PLCs to the high-
est international standards gaining many
marine and specialist approvals in the pro-
cess. We do this as part of our drive to supply
the best quality products possible. A prime
example of Mitsubishi Electric quality is the
widespread use of our components in the
global auto industry, where zero tolerance
of product failure is fast becoming the norm.

A unified tool –
iQ Works
The iQ Automation Platform is a leading
solution for simplified management of
complex and heterogeneous industrial
production systems. The concept unites
PLC, motion, robot and CNC technologies
in a single compact hardware platform, ena-
bling seamless interaction between the dif-
ferent control systems. One of the key ben-
Proven reliability from standalone to complete installations efits is the ability to use a single unified tool
for development and maintenance of the
Furthermore customers who wish to use component systems. iQ Works is that tool:
more structured programming methods A unified development environment that
can choose from an array of languages sup- encompasses all aspects of development
ported by the IEC61131-3 standards. and maintenance and can be controlled
entirely from a single central location.
All software packages are designed to
reduce programming overheads through
use of intuitive layouts and functionality
that guides the development of efficient
code creation.
One system, one tool
In addition, we offer innovative support
Simple tools such as GX Simulator. This package
permits users to run PLC programs in a simu-
Mitsubishi Electric PLCs are simple to use. lation mode without any additional hard-
We have reduced many complex actions to ware, helping to reduce expensive on-site
a single instruction, making our PLCs much commissioning time.
easier to program.

Easy PLC Programming

AL-PCS/
Package GX Works3 GX Works2 GX Works2 FX
Moreover, we have designed programming WIN
and system configuration to be as flexible MELSEC iQ-F/ MELSEC
FX3 PLC’s FX3 PLC’s ALPHA series
as possible. For example, our GX Works iQ-R series Q/L series

programming tools allow users to quickly Ladder l l l l

create PLC programs and configure new Function Blocks l l l l l

modules. Structured Text l l l l

SFC l l l l

IEC61131 Compliant l l l l

20
 Logic Controllers / Compact PLCs / Modular PLCs

Control to fit

A wide range
of solutions
Mitsubishi Electric PLC and controller solu-
tions are divided into three simple groups.

 Logic controllers
These Mitsubishi Electric products are called
ALPHA controllers. They are small compact
units with input/output (I/O), CPU, memory,
power supply and HMI built into a single
unit. The units are programmed with a very
intuitive Function Block-style programming
tool (AL-PCS/WIN).

 Compact PLCs
Compact PLCs are widely used in appli-
cations ranging from machine control to
networked systems. Mitsubishi Electric’s
famous FX3 and FX5 range of PLCs are Additional backplanes can be added as the
some of the most popular compact PLCs system expands. Their modular architecture
on the market, as demonstrated by sales of MELSEC System Q 32–8192
makes it easy to configure these controllers
over twelve million controllers worldwide. for any task. Modular PLCs comprise a power MELSEC iQ-R 4096
Compact PLCs contain I/O, CPU, memory supply, one or more CPU modules and I/O
and power supply in a single unit. and/or special function modules. There MELSEC L series 24–4096
Moreover, it can extend its capabilities Special function modules include analogue,
communications and network modules and FX3/FX5 10–512
by selecting different options such as I/O,
analogue or temperature control. One of a special MES interface. A Web server mod-
10–28 ALPHA
the most popular additions is a networking ule is also available for Internet access.
connection. Network options can include The CPU comes with an integrated Ether-
Ethernet, Profibus DP, CC-Link, DeviceNet as net port for easy access to this standard
well as CANopen and AS-interface. There is a solution to match your needs
network.
 Modular PLCs Mitsubishi Electric’s MELSEC System Q dem-  iQ Platform
Modular controllers like Mitsubishi Electric’s onstrates one of the greatest benefits of an Mitsubishi Electric’s iQ is the world’s first
MELSEC L series, iQ-R series and MELSEC automation platform. It makes it possible automation platform combining all key
System Q are high-performance PLC sys- to integrate PLC CPUs, motion controllers, automation types on one controller. No
tems with broad functionality. The range, robot controllers and process CPUs all in a longer are valuable engineering resources
power and function of these high-end PLCs single system. In addition there are options spent trying to make different systems from
is impressive, with operation times meas- for systems built around industrial PCs, separate vendors work together. With iQ,
ured in nanoseconds. They are equipped redundant PLCs, as well as a recent innova- Mitsubishi Electric takes care of system
with a separate power supply, CPU, I/O and tion, the C controller. integration. We provide an extensive array
specialist options mounted on a backplane. of controller types that seamlessly operate
together on the same backplane. Now your
engineering staff can concentrate on the
demands of the application itself right from
the beginning.

Logic controller Compact PLC Modular PLC

ALPHA2 FX3/FX5 series MELSEC L series MELSEC iQ-R series MELSEC System Q

I/O 10–28 10–512 24–4096 4096 32–8192

Memory 200 function blocks 2–64 k steps 20–260 k steps 40–1200 k steps 10–1000 k steps

0.065–0.55 µs 0.0095–0.040 µs 0.0095–0.2 µs

Cycle period/log. instruction 20 µs 0.98–1.96 ns
(65–550 ns) (9.5–40 ns) (9.5–200 ns)

21
HMIs / GOTs / IPCs / SCADA

Seeing is believing

 Dedicated HMI solutions

The GOT1000 and GOT2000 series of graphic
operator terminals provide the very latest in
touch-screen display technology. This gives
users bright clear display of information
with the flexibility of touch screen input.
The GOT units are designed for fundamental
integration with Mitsubishi Electric automa-
tion technology. This means easier, faster
project development as well as increased
system performance and additional access
to core functions in Mitsubishi’s automation
hardware.

 Industrial PC (IPC) solutions

Mitsubishi Electric’s range of IPC solu-
tions offer customers a robust platform for
developing their own solutions. They are
designed to provide the flexibility of high-
performance PC power but with a sturdy
industrial design to protect them during
operation. This means users can install an
IPC in their manufacturing environment
with complete confidence.
A range of Mitsubishi Electric automation
Production line or remote plant intelligence – Mitsubishi Electric makes data accessible.
software called MELSOFT supports the IPCs.
Mitsubishi Electric’s visualization concept This provides users with a choice of soft-
brings together a wide range of human ware components that they can embed in
machine interfaces, industrial PCs and soft- their own solution to complete visualisation
ware solutions that let you see what is really packages like GT SoftGOT.
happening in the production process.
This combination of three visualisation
technologies from a single supplier, allows
users to choose the best solution to fit their
requirements.
A wide range of open HMI solutions

22
 HMIs / GOTs / IPCs / SCADA

Perfect vision

Hardware MELSOFT
with flexibility The MELSOFT automation software suite
offers users a range of solutions including
When selecting the right visualisation appli-
PLC and HMI programming software com-
cation, a number of basic factors have to be
ponents such as OPC servers and Active X
taken into account.
containers for embedding directly into a
 Water protection user’s solution.
HMI products from Mitsubishi Electric pro-
vide a wide range of solutions catering to MAPS
virtually every application need. All units
have an IP65 ingress protection rating or
(Mitsubishi Adroit
higher – they can be safely hosed down for Process Suite)
cleaning, for example. This is often the case MAPS is an engineering tool that encom-
in the food industry where high levels of passes the entire product life cycle of auto- Solutions for every visualisation and programming
hygiene have to be maintained at all times. mation solutions. The benefits of MAPS are application.

 Communication already available in the development and

integration phases. MAPS also makes it
An important part of automation is com- easier to integrate your data and enables IPC with MAPS
munication. Mitsubishi Electric’s HMI solu- customers to install extensions and perform
tions can connect to leading networks like maintenance themselves. The program uses
Ethernet, CC-Link (IE) and Modbus. With GOT2000 series
predefined, user-configurable PLC func-
access to hundreds of drivers, Mitsubishi tion blocks and SCADA graphics based on
Electric’s HMI and SCADA solutions can also the international S88 and S95 standards. GOT1000 series
be used with automation products from This standardisation means that in addi-
other manufacturers. tion to saving time, MAPS also reduces the
 Ease of use development, testing and commissioning There is a solution to match your needs
overheads of your automation projects. A
Programming and using Mitsubishi Electric range of import functions facilitate fast and
HMIs is easy. All of the packages come easy configuration of the user interfaces for
HMI Programming/Simulation
with pre-defined graphic libraries to help both SCADA and PLC projects. MAPS uses Package
GT Works3
users get started quickly. More than one a central database for exchanging global
Feature

hundred drivers are available, making it variables, making accidental duplication of

Functions:
Programming l
Simulation
possible to use Mitsubishi’s HMI solutions data records impossible.
l

Graphics Library
with automation products from third-party l

manufacturers. HMI Hardware GOT1000 series/GOT2000 series

Soft HMI Capability GT SoftGOT1000/ GT SoftGOT2000

PC based visualisation
 Package Soft HMI PC Control

MX MX OPC
GT SoftGOT MX Sheet
Feature Component Server

OPC l l

Active X l

VB/VBA l l l l

Web l l
Deployable

ODBC

Operation:
Information l l l
Open Plant l l l
Factory Floor l l l

23
Inverters / Drives

Driving performance

Mitsubishi Electric inverters mean reliability

and performance. This is why two consecu-
tive IMS Customer Satisfaction Surveys gave
Mitsubishi Electric inverters top marks for
reliability and technology.
The FR-D700 SC and FR-E700 SC inverter
drive series come with the two-channel
STO (Safe Torque Off ) safety system inte-
grated as standard equipment. This makes it
possible to operate multiple inverter drives
inexpensively with a single safety relay.

Cut costs
A standard industrial motor in a typical fan
or pump application may only cost a few
hundred euros to purchase. However, that
same motor will consume hundreds of thou-
sands of euros in electricity costs over its
operational lifetime. Using an inverter can
significantly reduce this outlay.

Intelligent solutions
Intelligent solutions for every task
for every task
Mitsubishi Electric offers four types of
Frequency inverters offer a good example inverter: Simple, Economy, Flexible and
of a widely accepted, widely used automa- Advanced. Each has been optimized to offer
tion technology. Inverters allow engineers the very best in control and performance.
greater control over a motor’s speed and In addition, depending upon the type
torque performance. Increasingly, inverters selected, Mitsubishi Electric inverters can
are also seen as a simple but important way support the following networks: RS485,
to reduce energy costs. Today, over 20 mil- ModbusRTU, BacNet, Profibus DP, CC-Link IE
lion Mitsubishi Electric frequency inverters Fieldbus, DeviceNet, LONWorks, SSCNET
are in operation around the world in a wide and Ethernet based networks. This extensive
range of applications. communication ability makes it easier to
integrate inverter control into larger auto-
Inverters help reduce power consumption and
machine wear. High standards mation systems.

Our commitment to meeting international

standards guides the design of Mitsubishi
Electric inverters. Current certifications
include the European CE, America’s UL and
cUL, the Russian GOST/EAC, as well as ship-
ping approvals. These certifications help
exporters who sell machines and systems
with embedded inverters.

24
 Inverters / Drives

Powering the future

FR-A800 0.75–630 kW, 3ph

FR-F700 0.75–630 kW, 3ph
0.4–15 kW, 3ph
0.1–2.2 kW, 1ph FR-E700 SC
0.4–7.5 kW, 3ph
0.1–2.2 kW, 1ph FR-D700 SC

Comprehensive range from ultra compact to ultra

powerful

FR-D700 SC FR-F700 FR-A800

 Micro  Flexible  Powerful
Mitsubishi Electric’s entry level series Many frequency inverter drives save power The frequency inverters of the FR-A800
combines ultra-compact dimensions with but the FR-F700 saves more. Its innovative series deliver high-end performance and
a wealth of new functions, including an OEC technology (Optimum Excitation Con- power. Their RSV (Real Sensorless Vector
emergency stop input for reliable stopping. trol) ensures that exactly the right magnetic control) technology ensures maximum
Current vector control ensures that this flux is always applied to the motor for maxi- torque and optimum smooth running. For
frequency inverter can always deliver high mum motor efficiency and minimum power greater flexibility these inverters have four
torque, eve n at low speeds. An integrated consumption. FR-F700 inverters are particu- overload ranges, options for controlled shut-
brake transistor enables direct connection larly well suited for pump and fan, HVAC and down and integrated PLC functions. With
of a brake resistor for better braking perfor- building services applications. their dynamic performance the FR-A800
mance. The FR-D700 SC is the ideal choice inverters are ideal for cranes and hoisting
for driving fans, agitators and conveyor belt
systems.
FR-A741/770 gear, high-shelf storage systems, extruders,
centrifuges, winding systems and position-
Among the highlights of this series are the ing applications for IM and PM Motors.
FR-E700 SC FR-A741 models, which have an integrated
regenerative braking system. Up to 100 % of
 Compact the braking energy can be fed back into the
power circuits. No external brake resistor or
Improved functions and capabilities make
brake chopper is needed.
the FR-E700 SC inverters an economical
and universal choice for a huge range of With the FR-A770 series, Mitsubishi Electric
applications such as conveyor belts, hoists, presents its first 690V inverter. It is based on
stage systems, pumps, fans and extruders. the successful FR-A700 series, and combines
Features include an integrated USB port, innovative functions and reliable technol-
safe stop inputs for safety stop function, ogy with maximum power, economy and
improved power delivery in the low-speed flexibility. The FR-A770 line up is targeting
range, options for controlled shut down high power applications as conveyor, mud
and a slot in which you can install one of pumps, and cranes in e.g. Mining, Oil and
the many available option cards for the Gas industries.
700 series.

Inverter range
FR-D700 SC FR-E700 SC FR-F700 FR-A741/770 FR-A800

D720S SC D740 SC E720S SC E740 SC F740 F746 A741 A770 A820 A840 A842 FR-CC2

1-phase 3-phase 1-phase 3-phase 3-phase 3-phase 3-phase 3-phase 3-phase 3-phase 3-phase 3-phase
Input voltage
200–240 V AC 380–480 V AC 200–240 V AC 380–480 V AC 380–500 V 380–500 V AC 380–500 V AC 540–759 V AC 170–264 V AC 323–550 V AC 323–550 V AC 323–550 V AC

Output [kW] 0.1–2.2 0.4–7.5 0.1–2.2 0.4–15 0.75–630 0.75–55 5.5–55 355–630 0.75–132 0.75–355 400–630 315–630

Overload 200 % 200 % 150 % / 120 % 200 % 150 % 250 % / 120 % 250 % / 120 % 250 % / 120 % 250 % / 120 %

Rating IP20 IP20 IP20–00 IP54 IP00 IP00 IP20 IP00 IP00 IP00

25
Servo / Motion

Poetry in motion

Plug and Play

Mitsubishi Electric servo and motion solu-
tions offer easy system building and con-
figuration based on PC “plug and play”
concepts.

 Simple connections
The availability of pre-made cables of dif-
ferent lengths means that connecting a
servomotor to an amplifier or any other
combination is quick and error free.

 Automatic motor recognition

When a Mitsubishi Electric servomotor is
connected to an amplifier it is automatically
recognized. The correct parameters are then
automatically loaded, ready for operation.
This reduces the set-up time and the chance
of errors.

 Simple networking
High-speed servo and motion applica-
tions need special high-speed networking.
Mitsubishi Electric’s Servo System Controller
Network (SSCNETIII/H) provides the system
capability, connecting and fully synchronis-
ing up to 96 axes using a simple plug and
cable construction.
*) The MR-JE-B and MR-J4-B series products
use S­ SCNETIII/H, a fibre based version of the
network giving complete noise immunity.
Speed, accuracy and control when you need it

As the demands on manufacturing increase,

there is a growing need to produce higher
Speed and performance
quantities of finished goods with lower Servomotors allow users to create automa-
wastage. To achieve this, all areas of auto- tion solutions that are faster, more precise
mation are evolving to meet these new and more compact.
demands. Mitsubishi Electric has been pushing for-
One area undergoing rapid growth is servo ward the boundaries of servomotor design,
and motion control. The development of creating ultra compact brushless motors.
high performance servomotors combined All motors of the MR-JE series have an
with intuitive motion control is replacing encoder with a resolution of 131,072 pulses
traditional movement solutions. per revolution. All motors of the MR-J4
series have an encoder with a resolution of
4,194,304 pulses per second. This permits
greater machine speed and accuracy.

26
 Servo / Motion

Power and precision

MR-J4-A/B 
400 V, 0.6–55 kW

MR-J4-A/B 
200 V, 0.1–37 kW

MR-J4W-B 
Plug and play technology HG motor series – IP65/IP67 standard protection 200 V, 0.2–1 kW

MR-JE-A/B 
Powerful Motor solutions for all 200 V, 0.1–3 kW
Amplifiers Featuring the most advanced concentrated
winding techniques and the latest technol-
A wide spectrum of Mitsubishi Electric
ogy, Mitsubishi Electric servomotors are A wide range of powerful amplifiers
MR-J4 series amplifiers is available, rang-
among the most compact on the market.
ing in power from 100 W to 37 kW for 200 V
operation, and 600 W to 55 kW for 400 V Motors are available in a range of options
systems. With such a wide choice of types from 50 W to 110 kW in different designs,
and series users are sure to find the solution including specialised motors such as hollow
they need. shaft and pancake designs that suit most
application needs.
 Performance
Moreover, Mitsubishi Electric’s low, ultra-low
With a speed frequency response of up to
and medium inertia motor designs allow
2500 Hz Mitsubishi Electric servo systems
users to select the best motor characteristics
offer world class performance.
for their application.
 Vibration suppression
Machine performance is often limited by Motion controllers
mechanical constraints. The built-in vibra-
Mitsubishi Electric offers a comprehensive
tion suppression of Mitsubishi Electric’s
range of solutions for positioning tasks and
amplifiers overcome some of these limita-
high-end motion control. Options include
tions through precise control, reducing the
simple pulse train positioning controllers
effect of micro vibrations at the pulse point,
and dedicated motion cards. And for the
helping users to get better more reliable
most complex applications there are dedi-
machine performance. This function sup-
cated MELSEC System Q motion CPUs. Users
presses not only residual vibrations of the
are able to select the type and style of con-
machine but also at the end of an arm.
trol they are most familiar with, making sys-
 „One-Touch-Tuning“ tem construction fast and efficient.
The new one-touch tuning function mini-
mises time consuming system adjustments
between machine and electronics by touch-
ing one button. Control parameters are opti-
mised and resonance frequencies of the
machine and the mechanics are detected
and filtered. An individual adjustment of sin-
gle applications is not needed. The result is a
vibration free, high precise und high speed
positioning process – only by one click.

27
Robots / Articulated arm / SCARA

Innovation in movement

BASIC talk
Programming a Mitsubishi Electric robot
arm is easier than most people think. The
programming language is a BASIC-like
structure with commands reflecting the
requested action. For example, the com-
mand MOV means “move”, HCLOSE means
“hand close”. Furthermore, all Mitsubishi
Electric robots are programmed using the
same language, reducing the user’s learn-
ing curve.

Making life easy

With the software RT ToolBox2 all robot
models are programmable in a quick and
easy way. Imported 3D CAD data, program
variables and robot simulations can easily
be displayed on the graphical surface of the
programming software RT Toolbox2.
This leading edge software allows a robot
High speed, high accuracy pick and place applications application to be programmed and its
operation simulated before the hardware
is purchased. This makes system design and
Robots are already widely accepted as a building quicker and easier. Moreover, it can
cost-effective solution for high-speed, high- identify potential hazards before robot inte-
accuracy pick-and-place applications as well gration begins.
as some basic assembly tasks.

Advanced control
€ 1.65/hr
as standard
Robot usage can vary widely but an average
application over a typical 7-year life cycle All Mitsubishi Electric robot controllers are
can cost as little as € 1.65 per hour to pur- shipped with the full control software as
chase and operate. standard. This means users do not need to
Powerful software helps you get the most out of your
buy additional task- driven software mod-
robot application. ules at a later date.

28
 Robots / Articulated arm / SCARA

Task driven

Thoughtful design Articulated arm robots

Due to the new motors developed by The range of the articulated-arm robots of
Mitsubishi Electric, the high arm rigidity the RV series starts with the powerful com-
and the unique controller technology the pact class with a payload from 2 kg up to
robots of the F series achieve the highest the power pack with a payload of 20 kg.
speed in their class. These robots are also available as a long
arm version.
 Ease of connection
Higher handling weights and a larger move-
Mitsubishi Electric robot arms feature a sin-
ment area can be realised by the compact
gle connection point for power and pneu-
and slim construction of the robot arm. The
matics, making setup and commissioning
standard protection class of IP67 allows the
easier.
operation of the robots in industries like
In addition, each robot has body- mounted food, beverage and packaging.
compressed air and signal connections
mounted locally to the gripper flange for
ease of use.
SCARA robots Articulated-arm robots have pneumatic hoses and
signal connection lines which are routed inside the
Mitsubishi Electric’s range of SCARA robots robot. SCARA robots are particularly suitable for fast
 Standard gripper plates divides into two categories. The small RP- palletising also on the fly.
All arm gripper mounting flanges are ADH robots feature outstanding repeat-
RV-7FLLM
R
RV-7FLLM
F LM

designed and built in accordance with ability (+/- 0.005 mm) at very high speed,
RV-20FM
V 2 FM
RV-7FLM
V 7 LM RV-13FM
R - 3 M
RV-7FM
RV
V 7FM
7 M

ISO9409‑1, ensuring ease of connection to making them ideal for micro assembly tasks RV-2FB
RV
V22FB
B
RV-4FLM
R - F M

the user’s choice of robot hand. and the population and soldering of SMD
circuit boards. RH-12FH/20FH
RH-12FH/20FH
R 2 H2 F

 Extended axis
RH
RH-3FH/6FH
H33FH/6FH
H6 H
RH-3FHR
RH
R -3FHR
F R

The robots of the RH-FH series are suitable R

RH-1FHR
F R

All MELFA robots can be mounted on an RP-1/3/5ADH

RP
R 1/3/5ADH
/3/
3 5ADH
DH

ex factory for a multitude of industrial appli-

additional linear axis to provide greater
cations and can be adopted intersectoral.
reach and utilization of the robot arm.
A cycle time of only 0.29 s for the 12” cycle
ensures high precise and powerful opera- The ideal robots for all applications with payloads of
 Networked up to 20 kg
tion for increasing productivity on-site. By
Mitsubishi Electric’s robot controllers can be
protection class IP54 and utilisation of lubri-
embedded into larger automation cells by
cation grease suitable for use in food the
using networks such as Ethernet, Profibus,
robots are capable of being fully integrated.
Profinet, Ethernet/IP and CC‑Link, keep-
The wiring routed inside the robot and led
ing users in control at every step of their
through at the ball screw end offers protec-
process.
tion and safety.

Robot range
Range RP RH RV

Type SCARA SCARA Articulated arm

Weight class [kg] 1–5 1–20 2–20

Reach [mm] 236–453 350–1000 504–1503

29
Low Voltage Switchgears

Breakthrough technology

Innovation
Groundbreaking research and design has
resulted in innovative LV switchgear, pro-
viding users with greater quality, safety
and reliability. Today’s LV products feature
meticulously designed technology: even
the casing material used in the PA (Poly-
mer Ablation type Auto-Puffer) provides
greater safety and high voltage breaking
performance.

Leading edge
Jet Pressure Trip (JPT) is an extension of the
PA concept, allowing switchgear to trip even
faster than a traditional magnetic solution.
This means that the switchgear can improve
its current- limiting performance and circuit
breaking reliability. Any connected devices
are then better protected, a major benefit
to users.
Other technologies such as ISTAC (Impulsive
Slot-Type Accelerator, used as a high-speed
Groundbreaking research and design
arc-controlling technology) and develop-
ments in digital ETR (Electronic Trip Relay)
and VJC (Vapour Jet Control) all contribute
Mitsubishi Electric has been active in the to making Mitsubishi Electric’s LV products
low voltage (LV) switchgear market since leading edge.
1933. Ever since Mitsubishi Electric devel-
oped and manufactured the first moulded
Standards are at the centre of our product development. case circuit breakers, the company has been Global products
committed to research and development in All LV products are designed to comply with
this field, making it one of the world’s lead- international standards such as IEC, UL/CSA,
ing manufacturers of circuit breakers. and JIS.

30
 Low Voltage Switchgears

A complete solution

Mitsubishi Electric offers a complete solu-

tion for line and load side distribution, rang-
ing from air circuit breakers to moulded case
breakers and magnetic contactors.

 Air Circuit Breakers (ACBs)

These compact Super AE units come in a
broad spectrum of performance categories
from 1,000 to 6,300 Amps. The basic unit
is available as a fixed or “draw out” design,
which can be augmented with options for
enhanced overload control, network and
energy consumption.
Thanks to these features Mitsubishi Electric’s
ACBs provide users with the flexibility to
meet most applications.

 M
oulded Case Circuit Breakers
(MCCBs) Virtually maintenance free low voltage switchgears
Mitsubishi Electric’s MCCBs of the World
Super Series (WSS) provide protec-
The MS-N units can be customised with a
tion across the current range from 3 to
wide range of options, including thermal
1,600 Amps. Each unit is available in a fixed
overload relays, time delay modules, auxil-
or slot–in design and has a range of addi-
iary contacts and trip indicators to suit the
tional options such as electronic trips.
user’s specific needs.
AE2000-SWA
 Magnetic Contactors, Thermal NF630-SEW
MS-N22
Overload Relays, Contactor Relays MS-N06

The MS-N range of LV switchgear is a reli-

able and customizable solution for load side
Advanced low voltage technology
connection. The MS-N range is made up of
magnetic contactors, thermal overload
relays and contactor relays.
These space-efficient products are up to
25 % smaller than similar units. In addition
the MS-N range has enhanced performance.
For example, the magnetic contactors with-
stand voltage drops of up to 35 % while still
ensuring reliable operation.

31
Application solutions

Where have Mitsubishi Electric

products been used?
 C
onstruction
– Steel bridge manufacturing
– Tunnel boring systems
 F ood and drink
– Bread manufacturing
(mixing/baking)
– Food processing
(washing/sorting/slicing/packaging)
 L eisure
– Multiplex cinema projection
– Animated mechatronics
(museums/theme parks)
 M
edical
– Respiration machine testing
– Sterilization
 P
harmaceutical/chemical
– Dosing control
– Pollution measurement systems
– Cryogenic freezing
– Gas chromatography
– Packaging
 P
lastics
– Plastic welding systems
– Energy management systems for
injection molding machines
– Loading/unloading machines
– Blow molding test machines
Automotive control solutions – Injection molding machines
 Automotive
Customer applications with Mitsubishi
 P
rinting
Electric products have been wide spread
from critical applications in pharmaceuti-  T extiles
cal industries to sublime applications in the
 T ransportation
leisure industry.
– Sanitation on passenger ships
Here are just a few examples of applications – Sanitation on rail rolling stock
that customers have completed in the past: – Fire tender pump management
– Waste disposal truck management
 A
griculture
– Plant watering systems  U
tilities
Remote management solutions include SCADA, – Plant handling systems – Waste water disposal
Networking, Telemetry and Industrial Modems. – Sawmill (wood) – Fresh water pumping
– Clarification plants
 B
uilding management
– Smoke detection monitoring
– Ventilation and temperature
control
– Lift (elevator) control
– Automated revolving doors
– Telephone management
– Energy management
– Swimming pool management

32
 All Product Ranges

Technical Information Section

More information?
The catalogue at hand is designed to give an overview of the extensive product range of Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V., Factory Automation.
If you cannot find the information you require in this catalogue, there are a number of ways you can get further details on configuration and technical
issues, pricing and availability.
For technical issues visit the https://eu3a.mitsubishielectric.com website. Our website provides a simple and fast way of accessing further technical data and
up to the minute details on our products and services. Manuals and catalogues are available in several different languages and can be downloaded for free.
For technical, configuration, pricing and availability issues contact our distributors and partners. Mitsubishi Electric partners and distributors are only too
happy to help answer your technical questions or help with configuration building. For a list of Mitsubishi Electric partners please see the back of this
catalogue or alternatively take a look at the “contact us” section of our website.

About this technical information section

This section is a guide to the range of products available. For detailed configuration rules, system building, installation and configuration the associated
product manuals must be read. You must satisfy yourself that any system you design with the products in this catalogue is fit for purpose, meets your
requires and conforms to the product configuration rules as defined in the product manuals.
© Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V., Factory Automation – European Business Group

The products of Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V., that are listed and described in this document, are neither subject to approval for
export nor subject to the Dual-Use List.

2
 Contents

Overview

1 SOFTWARE 4 1
2 NETWORKS 8
2
3 REMOTE I/O MODULES 13
3
4 MODULAR PLCs 20

MELSEC iQ-R series 22

4
MELSEC System Q 26

MELSEC L series 36
5

5 COMPACT PLCs 40 6
6 HMIs 54 7
7 FREQUENCY INVERTERS 59
8
8 SERVO AND MOTION SYSTEMS 74
9
9 ROBOTS 87
10
10 LOW VOLTAGE SWITCH GEARS 91

11
11 MES SOLUTIONS 97

12 POWER SUPPLIES 99
12

Index 100

Mitsubishi Electric Internet Portal 102

3
 Software

Our MELSOFT suite embodies a wide range of zz Visualisation. This type of software is aimed
software to optimise your plant productivity: at monitoring and controlling your automa-
1 from visualisation and control systems to historic
and downtime monitoring capabilities. A core
tion processes.
zz Programming. Our extensive range of
design feature of our software is that it is scala- programming software enables users to write
Software

ble. It is a well accepted truism that one solution their own PLC code for their application. We
rarely fits all, so within each application category
have software solutions for each of the follow-
there are a range of products offering different
ing products groups; Servos, Inverters, Logic
levels of functionality and connectivity designed
Blocks, PLCs, HMIs and Networking.
to meet your individual needs. All products are
based on Microsoft standards (OPC etc), giving zz Communication. Our communication
you a broad range of connectivity options and a software is designed to integrate our products
familiar interface. The MELSOFT suite consists of with common third party software packages.
three main areas: This provides you with the reliability and qual-
ity of Mitsubishi Electric hardware, combined
with the familiarity of software packages/tools
such as Microsoft Excel, ActiveX and OPC.

Unified engineering environment: iQ Works

iQ Works integrates the functions necessary to manage every part of the system cycle.

System design Programming Test and startup Operation and maintenance

The intuitive system configuration Use system labels to seamlessly Debug and optimize programs Speed up the process of commis-
diagram allows for the graphic share device data between GOTs, using the simulation functions. sioning, configuring and updating
assembly of systems, centralized PLCs and motion controllers. Save Use the included diagnostics and the system by using the batch read
management of disparate projects the time and hassle of changing monitoring functions to quickly feature. Virtually eliminate the
and batch configuration of the device values in each program by identify the source of errors. confusion associated with system
entire control system. using the update system labels management.
feature.

MELSOFT Navigator
– is the heart of iQ Works. It enables the effortless design of entire upper-level systems and seam-
lessly integrates the other MELSOFT programs included with iQ Works. Functions such as system
configuration design, batch parameter setting, system labels and batch read all help to reduce TCO.

MELSOFT GX Works2/GX Works3

– represents the next generation in MELSOFT PLC maintenance and programming software, with
improvements made throughout to increase productivity and drive down engineering costs.

MELSOFT MT Works2
– is a comprehensive motion CPU maintenance and program design tool. Its many useful functions,
such as intuitive settings, graphical programming and digital oscilloscope, simulator, different Motion
OS support, assistance help, to reduce the MT Works2 associated with motion systems.

MELSOFT GT Works3
– is a complete HMI programming, screen creation and maintenance program. In order to reduce
the labor required to create detailed and impressive applications, the software’s functionality has
been built around the concepts of ease of use, simplifications (without sacrificing functionality) and
elegance (in design and screen graphics).

4
 Software

PLC programming

GX Works2/GX Works3/GX Works2 FX

GX Works2 supports all MELSEC PLCs (except

MELSEC iQ-R/iQ-F), while GX Works3 supports
work and support the user. GX Works2 FX has
the same functionality as GX Works2 but just for 1
the MELSEC iQ-R and iQ-F series and offers FX PLC´s.
numerous functions to faciliate programming

Software
MELSEC series
Programming
FX iQ-F iQ-R Q L
GX Works2 P P P
GX Works3 P P
GX Works2 FX P

GX Configurator DP

GX Configurator DP is a setup and configuration master and all slave modules including invert-
software for Profibus DP networks. It can be ers and HMI’s as well as other manufacturers
used to configure Mitsubishi Electric Profibus DP products.

GX Configurator PN

GX Configurator PN is the configuration tool for network, testing the configuration and transfer
Profinet I/O modules. This software offers func- of the settings to the Profinet module.
tions for the configuration of the Profinet I/O

ALPHA – ALVLS (AL-PCS/WIN)

The original visual based function block pro- Program elements are placed on screen, with
gramming software for logic controllers. Easy to inputs on the left and outputs on the right and
use Windows based software that requires no the function blocks in the middle.
prior experience or training by the user.

5
 Software

Programming of drive systems

MT Works2

1 MT Works2 is an integral start-up software used

to structure and configure a system for MELSEC
System Q motion and iQ-R series controller
applications.
Software

MR Configurator2

MR Configurator2 is a user-friendly software and test operations are easily performed on a

for easy setup, tuning and operation of the personal computer. This start-up support tool
­MELSERVO servo systems. Tuning, monitor achieves a stable machine system, optimum
display, diagnosis, reading/writing parameters, control, and short setup time.

FX Configurator FP

FX Configurator FP is a special configurator tool This software reduces programming and setup
for the FX3U PLC SSCNETIII positioning module. time for any level of positioning application.

FR Configurator/FR Configurator2

FR Configurator and FR Configurator 2 are with a standard PC. It allows the inverters to be
powerful frequency inverter configuration monitored and the parameters to be configured,
and management tools. It runs in Windows providing a user friendly environment to control
making it possible to manage your inverters single or multiple inverters.

6
 Software

Visualisation software – HMI programming

GT Works3

With GT Works3 you will get a comprehen-

sive tool for programming, maintenance
GT SoftGOT2000 as well as the simulation tool
GT Simulator and a converter for already exist- 1
and screen creation. It is composed of the ing projects.
software GT Designer3, GT SoftGOT1000 and

Software
Robots programming

RT ToolBox2

The RT ToolBox2 software helps you to program RT ToolBox2 is also available with a simula-
all MELFA robots and manage your projects. tor that enables you to simulate your robot
A intuitive user interface makes projects easy to program and calculate the expected work cycle
understand and organise, even for beginners. times before you have built up your application.

PC data management

MX Sheet MX OPC Server MX Component

MX Sheet enables users to gather data from The MX OPC Server is a Mitsubishi Electric MX Component provides users with powerful
their PLC and analyse it using the familiar tools I/O driver OPC Data Access (DA) and Alarm/ ActiveX controls that simplify the communica-
and functions of Excel. MX Sheet can analyse Events (AE) server that provides the interface tion between a PC and PLC. Users to not have
and display real-time data in tables, graphs and and communications protocol between a wide to design complex communication protocols
charts as it happens. range of Mitsubishi Electric hardware and your and is ideal for implementing specific software
process control software. Mitsubishi Electric applications requiring PLC connectivity.
drivers incorporate OLE Automation technology MX Component supports a wide variety of pow-
and OPC compliance to provide flexibility and erful and standardised programming languages
ease-of-use. such as Visual C++ .NET, VBA and VB Script.

Life cycle engineering software

MAPS – Mitsubishi Electric Adroit Process Suite

The Mitsubishi Electric Adroit Process Suite This single integrated package takes users
(MAPS) is a life-cycle software tool that offers through all the phases of process design,
value along the entire value chain. It addresses engineering design, control system design,
the shortcomings of most PLC SCADA integra- installation, commissioning, acceptance testing
tion tools in that it offers value to the engineer- and ongoing maintenance; helping to maintain
ing and integration phases. MAPS offers custom- consistency and integrity within an automation
ers the ability to handle the normal extensions system, improving quality and reducing costs.
and maintenance of any automation solution.

7
 Networks

From simple stand alone systems and basic AS- Profinet MELSECNET/H
Interface networks to Ethernet based networks
Open industrial Ethernet standard for automa- For the systems that demand uncompromising
and even Global networks based on Remote
tion. Profinet uses TCP/IP and IT standards, is reliability and high speed performance, only a
Telemetry Technology, Mitsubishi Electric has
capable of real-time Ethernet and allows the dedicated network can deliver. MELSECNET/H
the answers. Here is an overview of some of the
integration of field bus systems. and it’s predecessor MELSECNET/10 use high
networks Mitsubishi Electric provides:
2
speed, redundant functionality to give deter-
Modbus®/TCP, Modbus®/RTU ministic delivery of large data volumes.
Ethernet
The Modbus® protocol is a messaging structure
If you are looking for the widest possible set of SSCNETIII/H
which is used to establish master-slave/client-
Networks

connectable technologies, Ethernet is unrivalled.

server communication between intelligent Mitsubishi Electric’s SSCNET (Servo System Con-
The ­Ethernet interface allows communication
devices. It is a de facto standard, truly open and troller Network) is a dedicated motion controller
via ­CC-Link IE Field, Profinet, Modbus®/TCP,
a widely used network protocol in the industrial network ensuring maximum control and flexibil-
­EtherNet/IP and EtherCat.
manufacturing environment. ity for motion systems under all conditions.
The motion controllers and servo amplifiers can
CC-Link, CC-Link IE, CC-Link IE Field and
DeviceNet™ be linked via the SSCNET network.
CC-Link Safety
DeviceNet™ is another widely accepted open
If you need unparalleled ease of connection CANopen
network type with a large variety of third party
between Mitsubishi Electric products or you are
products. This network type is particularly popu- CANopen is an “open” implementation of the
looking for a single supplier for your control net-
lar in North America. Controller Area Network (CAN), which is defined
work needs, then CC-Link is the natural choice.
in the EN50325-4 standard. It was developed by
AS-Interface (Actuator Sensor Interface) members of the CAN in Automation interna-
Profibus DP
The Actuator Sensor Interface (AS-Interface) is tional users and manufacturers group.
Profibus is one of the most widely used automa-
the international standard for the lowest field
tion networks in Europe. It provides a wide
bus level. The network suits versatile demands,
possible range of compatible devices while
as it’s very flexible and easy to install. It is usually
delivering fast and robust communication.
used to control sensors, actuators, I/O units and
gateways.

PLC
Network HMI Inverter Servo Breaker Robot
Modular Compact ALPHA
TCP/IP V V — V V — — V
CC-Link IE Field V V — V V — — —
CC-Link IE Control V — — V — — — —
Ethernet Modbus®/TCP V V — V V — — —
Profinet V — — — V — — V
EtherNet/IP — — — — V — — V
EtherCat — — — — V V — —
CC-Link V V — V V V V V
Profibus DP V V — — V — V V
Modbus®/RTU V V — V V — V —
DeviceNet™ V V — — V — — —
AS-Interface V — V — — — — —
MELSECNET/H V — — V — — — —
SSCNETIII/H V V — — V V — V
CANopen V V — — V — — —

8
 Networks

Typical distributed control structure

GOT

Safety PLC
TCP/IP ETHERNET
2

Networks
System Q
System Q
I/O module System Q
System Q
CC-Link IE FX

MELSECNET/10/H
1

MODBUS
System Q System Q

System Q System Q 1

CC-LINK
1

C LP A
1
System Q

System Q 1

/10
MELSECNET/10/H
System Q
System Q FX
1

CC-LINK
1

CANopen
ork
CC-Link IE Field Netw PROFIBUS DP
S/DP FX
ork
CC-Link IE Motion Netw DeviceNet

SSCNET III
M System Q

1
System Q

AS-Interface
P R O F I
PROCESS FIELD BUS M
B U S
M

CC-Link, CC-Link IE Control, CC-Link IE Field and CC-Link Safety

Standard CC-Link modules
Series Master/slave modules Description Art. no.
MELSEC iQ-R series RJ61BT11 CC-Link master/local module 279572
QJ61BT11N CC-Link master/local module 154748
MELSEC System Q
QS0J61BT12 CC-Link Safety master module 203209
L26CPU-BT CPU with integrated CC-Link master/local module 238056
MELSEC L series
LJ61BT11 CC-Link master/local module 238099
FX3U-16CCL-M CC-Link master module 248224
MELSEC FX series FX3U-64CCL CC-Link local module on FX3 217915
FX2N-32CCL CC-Link local module 102961
PCI Express Q81BD-J61BT11 Master/local module for PCI Express bus 221859
PCI Q80BD-J61BT11N Master/local module for PCI/F PC master 200758
FR-A7NC CC-Link interface for FR-A700/FR-F700 156778
FR-A7NC-Ekit-SC-E CC-Link interface for FR-E700 SC 239644
Frequency inverters
FR-A8NC 269431
CC-Link interface for FR-A800
A6CON-L5P 168347
HMI GT15-J61BT13 CC-Link interface for GOT1000 203494
Schalter BIF-CC-W CC-Link interface for SUPER AE air circuit breakers 168571
MELFA robots 2D-TZ576 CC Link Interface for robot controller CR750-D 219063
CC-Link IE modules
Series Master/slave modules Description Art. no.
RJ71GP21-SX Control/normal station for CC-Link IE Control, 1 Gbps, fiber-optic cable 279571
MELSEC iQ-R series
RJ71GF11-T2 CC-Link IE Field master/local station, 1 Gbps 279569
QJ71GF11-T2 CC-Link IE Field master/slave modul, 1 Gbps, Cat5e 236484
QS0J71GF11-T2 CC-Link IE Field master/local module 245177
QJ71GP21-SX 1 Gbps, master/slave module for FO GI 208815
QJ71GP21S-SX 1 Gbps, master/slave module for FO GI with external voltage supply 208816
MELSEC System Q
Q80BD-J71GP21-SX 1 Gbps, PCI PC card, master/slave for FO GI 208817
Q80BD-J71GP21S-SX 1 Gbps, PCI PC card, master/slave for FO GI with external voltage supply 208818
Q81BD-J71GF11-T2 PCI PC card, master/local module 253008
NZ2GF-ETB CC-Link IE Field network Ethernet adapter 253007
LJ71GF11-T2 CC-Link IE Field master/local module 246346
MELSEC L series
LJ72GF15-T2 CC-Link IE Field head module 238100
FR-A7NCE Option card for integration of a FR-A700/FR-F700 into a CC-Link IE Field network 244993
Frequency inverters
FR-A8NCE Option card for integration of a FR-A800/FR-F800* into a CC-Link IE Field network 273102
GT15-J71GP23-SX GOT CC-Link IE interface for GT15/16 HMIs, 1 Gbps, fibre optic ring network 218576
HMI
GT15-J71GF13-T2 GT16/15 CC Link IE Field network module 247574
* in preparation

9
 Networks

Ethernet interface modules for various network protocols

Series Modules Description Art. no.
MELSEC iQ-R series RJ71EN71 Ethernet interface module, 1 Gbps, 100 Mbps, 10 Mbps, two interfaces, multi-network connectivity (Ethernet/CC-Link iE) 279570
QJ71E71-100 Ethernet interface module,100 Mbps,100BASE-TX/10BASE-T 138327
QJ71E71-B2 Ethernet interface module, 10BASE2 129614
QJ71E71-B5 Ethernet interface module, 10BASE5 147287
MELSEC System Q
QJ71MT91 Modbus®/TCP master and client 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX 155606

2
NZ2EHG-T8 Compact-sized industrial switching HUB equipped with 8 ports capable of 1000BASE-T 259221
NZ2EHF-T8 Compact-sized industrial switching HUB equipped with 8 ports capable of 100BASE-T 259222
MELSEC L series LJ71E71-100 Ethernet interface module, 100 Mbps, 10 Mbps, 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX 263072
FX3U-ENET-ADP Ethernet interface module, 10BASE-T 157447
Networks

MELSEC FX series FX3U-ENET Ethernet interface module, 100BASE-TX/10BASE-T 166086

FX3U-ENET-P502 Ethernet interface module, 100BASE-TX/10BASE-T, Modbus®/TCP ready 225142
HMI GT15-J71E71-100 Ethernet interface module, 100BASE-TX/10BASE-T 166309
FR-A7N-WiE WiFi Ethernet multi-protocol (Modbus®/TCP, EtherNet/IP, BACnet, MELSEC ABCSP according Modbus®/RTU) for FR-A700/FR-F700 264932
FR-A7N-ETH Ethernet multi-protocol (Modbus®/TCP, EtherNet/IP, Profinet, BACnet according Modbus®/RTU) for FR-A700/FR-F700 212369
Frequency inverters
A7NETH-2P Ethernet protocol (EtherNet/IP ProfiNet I/O, BacNet/IP, EtherCat, Modbus®/TCP&MC) for FR-A700/FR-F700/FR-E700 283759
A8NEIP_2P EtherNet/IP 2port interface for FR-A800/FR-F800* 262950
* in preparation

Profinet
Series Modules Description Art. no.
MELSEC System Q ME1PN1FW-CCPU Profinet-Master-Modul 252935
Frequency inverters A8NPRT_2P Profinet interface for FR-A800/FR-F800*, compliant to Profidrive 262949
MELFA robots 2D-TZ535-PN-SET Profinet I/O interface for robot controller CR750-D 269546
* in preparation

EtherCat
Series Module Description Art. no.
Frequency inverters A8NECT_2P EtherNet/IP 2port interface for FR-A800/FR-F800* 284809
* in preparation

Modbus®/TCP, Modbus®/RTU
Series Master/slave modules Description Art. no.
QJ71MB91 Serial Modbus® interface master/slave module 167757
MELSEC System Q
QJ71MT91 Modbus®/TCP interface master/slave module for Ethernet 155603
MELSEC L series CPU-Module Built-in Modbus®/TCP functionality (master/slave) —
FX3U-232ADP-MB Serial Modbus® RS232C interface master/slave module 165276
MELSEC FX series FX3U-485ADP-MB Serial Modbus® RS485 interface master/slave module 165277
FX3U-ENET-P502 Ethernet modul, 100BASE-TX/10BASE-T, Modbus®/TCP ready 225142
Breaker BIF-MD-W Modbus® interface for SUPER AE air circuit breakers 168573

DeviceNetTM
Series Master/slave modules Description Art. no.
MELSEC System Q QJ71DN91 DeviceNet™ interface master/slave module 136390
MELSEC FX series FX2N-64DNET DeviceNet™ interface slave module 131708
FR-A7ND DeviceNet™ interface for FR-A700/FR-F700 158525
Frequency inverters FR-A7ND-Ekit-SC-E DeviceNet™ interface for FR-E700 SC 239648
FR-A8ND DeviceNet™ interface for FR-A800 269432

10
 Networks

AS-Interface
Series Master/slave modules Description Art. no.
MELSEC System Q QJ71AS92 AS-Interface module, version 2.11, dual network master 143531
ALPHA AL2-ASI-BD AS-Interface board for use with AL2-14MR or AL2-24MR 142525

Profibus DP(V1)
2
Master modules
Series Modules Description Art. no.

Networks
MELSEC System Q QJ71PB92V Profibus DP interface master module (DP V1/V2) 165374
MELSEC L series ME1PB1-L Profibus DP interface master module 268527
MELSEC FX series FX3U-64DP-M Profibus DP interface master module for FX3U PLCs 166085
Slave modules
Series Modules Description Art. no.
MELSEC System Q QJ71PB93D Profibus DP slave module 143545
MELSEC L series ME2PB1-L Profibus DP slave module 278167
MELSEC FX series FX3U-32DP Profibus DP slave module for FX3U PLCs 194214
A8NDPV1 Profibus DPV1 interface for FR-A800, compliant to Profidrive, with D-sub connector 262948
FR-A8NP Profibus interface for FR-A800, only PPO support, compatible to FR-A7NP 274514
Frequency inverters FR-A7NP Profibus interface for FR-A700/FR-F700 158524
FR-A7NP-Ekit-SC-E Profibus interface for FR-E700 SC 239646
FR-A7NP-Ekit-SC-E-01 Profibus interface with D-sub connector for FR-E700/FR-E700 SC 273138
Breaker BIF-PR-W Profibus interface for SUPER AE air circuit breakers 168572
Slave I/O
Series Module Description Art. no.
refer to page 15
All PLC types ST series/STlite series Modular input/output system for connection to Profibus DP and following
I/O bridge modules
Series Modules Description Art. no.
FX2N-32DP-IF Profibus remote I/O using FX2N I/O and special function modules; 240 V AC power supply 145401
MELSEC FX series
FX2N-32DP-IF-D Profibus remote I/O using FX2N I/O and special function modules; 24 V DC power supply 142763
MELFA robots 2D-TZ577 Profibus DP-Schnittstelle für die Robotersteuerung CR750-D 218861

MELSECNET/H
Master, local station
Series Modules Description Art. no.
QJ71BR11 MELSECNET/H master/local, coaxial cable 127592
QJ71LP21GE MELSECNET/H master/local, GI 62.5/125 fibre optic cable 138959
MELSEC System Q
QJ71LP21-25 MELSECNET/H master/local, SI fibre optic cable 136391
QJ71NT11B MELSECNET/H master/local, twisted pair 221861
Slave (remote E/A)
Series Modules Description Art. no.
QJ72LP25-25 MELSECNET/H remote I/O controller, SI fibre optic cable 136392
MELSEC System Q
QJ72BR15 MELSECNET/H remote I/O controller, coaxial cable 136393
Normal station
Series Modules Description Art. no.
GT15-J71LP23-25 MELSECNET/H communication unit, fiber-optic cable 229842
HMI
GT15-J71BR13 MELSECNET/H communication unit, coaxial cable 229843

11
 Networks

SSCNETIII/H
Series Modules Description Art. no.
MELSEC FX series FX3U-20SSC-H FX3U positioning module, 2 axes (SSCNETIII) 206189
MELSEC iQ-F series FX5-40SSC-S MELSEC simple motion module, 4 axes 281405
LD77MS2 MELSEC simple motion module, 2 axes 268199
MELSEC L series LD77MS4 MELSEC simple motion module, 4 axes 268200
LD77MS16 MELSEC simple motion module, 16 axes 268201

2 QD77MS2
QD77MS4
MELSEC simple motion module, 2 axes
MELSEC simple motion module, 4 axes
248702
248703
MELSEC System Q QD77MS16 MELSEC simple motion module, 16 axes 248704
Q172DSCPU Motion controller, 16 axes 248700
Networks

Q173DSCPU Motion controller, 32 axes 248701

266524
Q170MSCPU(-S1) Stand alone motion controller, 16 axes
Motion controller (266535)
MR-MQ100 Singe axis motion controller, 1 axis (SSCNETIII) 217705
Frequency inverters FR-A7NS SSCNETIII/H interface for FR-A700/FR-A800* 191403
* in preparation

CANopen
Series Modules Description Art. no.
MELSEC System Q ME3CAN1-Q CANopen communication module 278799
MELSEC L series ME3CAN1-L CANopen communication module 283159
MELSEC FX series FX3U-CAN CANopen communication module 252845
Frequency inverters FR-A7NCA CANopen communication module for FR-A700 191424

LonWorks
Series Modules Description Art. no.
FR-A7NL Option card for integration of a FR-A700/FR-F700 into a LonWorks network 156779
Frequency inverters
FR-A7NL-Ekit-SC-E Option card for integration of a FR-E700 SC into a LonWorks network 239645

RS485 multi-protocol
Series Module Description Art. no.
Frequency inverters FR-A7N-XLT Multi-protocol for FR-A700/FR-F700; Siemens FLN and Metasys N2 208972

J1939 network
Series Module Description Art. no.
MELSEC FX series FX3U-J1939 Communication module for J1939 network 254276

12
CC-Link/CC-Link IE Field remote modules

These remote modules are intended to be zz Up to 64 I/O modules with a maximum of 32 zz Mounting with DIN rail adapters or screws
installed near the control target. The advantages inputs or 32 outputs each can be connected. zz Modules can be mounted in horizontal
are reduced cabling and the capability of acquir- zz All modules have a very compact design arrangement or in one of 4 orientations on a
ing data and operation results of individual which is tough and highly shock-resistant. flat surface.
machine modules autonomously.
zz Status indicator LEDs for the inputs zz Ready for use with all CC-Link master mod-
For wet environments six types of low profile ules.
waterproof remote I/O modules with IP67 pro- zz Standard electrical isolation between process
tection are available featuring Input, Output and and control via optocouplers
Combination modules.

Remote I/O Modules

Product Range Module Type No. of input No. of output Description Art. no.
AJ65BTB1-16D 16 — DC input (+COM/-COM) 75447
Remote module
AJ65BTB2-16D 16 — DC input with 8 potential terminals (+COM/-COM) 75450
AJ65SBTB1-8D 8 — DC input (+COM/-COM) 104422
AJ65SBTB1-16D 16 — DC input (+COM/-COM) 136026
AJ65SBTB3-16D 16 — DC input (+COM/-COM), 3-wire sensors 151186
Digital in Compact remote module
AJ65SBTB1-16D1 16 — Fast DC input (+COM/-COM) 140144
AJ65SBTB1-32D1 32 — Fast DC input (+COM/-COM) 140145
AJ65SBTB1-32D 32 — DC input (+COM/-COM) 136025
AJ65FBTA4-16D 16 — Protection IP67, DC input (sink type) 137587
Waterproof remote module
AJ65FBTA4-16DE 16 — Protection IP67, DC input (source type) 137588
AJ65BTB1-16T — 16 Transistor output, (sink type), 0.5 A 75449
Remote module
AJ65BTB2-16R — 16 Relay output, 2 A 75453
AJ65SBTB1-8TE — 8 Transistor output (source type), short circuit proof, 0.1 A 129574
AJ65SBTB2-8T1 — 8 Transistor output (sink type), 0.5 A 144062
AJ65SBTB1-16TE — 16 Transistor output (source type), 0.5 A 129575
AJ65SBTB1-32T — 32 Transistor output (sink type), 0.5 A 138957
AJ65SBTB2N-8R — 8 Relay output, 2 A 140148
Digital out Compact remote module
AJ65SBTB2N-16R — 16 Relay output, 2 A 140149
AJ65SBTB1-16T1 — 16 Transistor output (sink type), 0.5A 163966
AJ65SBTB1B-16TE1 — 16 Transistor output (source type), 0.1 A 204679
AJ65SBTB1-32TE1 — 32 Transistor output (source type), 0.1 A 204680
AJ65SBTB2N-16S — 16 Triac output, 0.6 A 159954
AJ65FBTA2-16T — 16 Protection IP67, DC output (sink type), 0.5 A 150380
Waterproof remote module
AJ65FBTA2-16TE — 16 Protection IP67, DC output (source type), 1 A 150381
AJ65BTB1-16DT 8 8 DC input (sink type), transistor output (sink type) 75448
AJ65BTB2-16DT Remote module 8 8 DC input with 16 potential terminals (sink type), transistor output (sink type) 75452
AJ65BTB2-16DR 8 8 DC input (source type), relay output 75451
Combine AJ65FBTA42-16DT 8 8 Protection IP67, DC output (sink type),DC input (sink type) 137589
Waterproof remote module
AJ65FBTA42-16DTE 8 8 Protection IP67, DC output (source type), DC input (source type) 137590
AJ65SBTB1-32DT1 16 16 DC input (sink type), DC output (sink type), short circuit proof 166822
Compact combined modules
AJ65SBTB1-32DTE1 16 16 DC input (source type), DC output (source type) 204681
AJ65BT-64AD 4 — 4-channel input, -10–+10 V, -20–+20 mA 75444
AJ65BT-64RD3 4 — 4-channel input, for 3-wire-type Pt100 temperature sensors 88026
Remote module
AJ65BT-64RD4 4 — 4-channel input, for 4-wire-type Pt100 temperature sensors 88027
Analog in
AJ65BT-68TD 8 — 8-channel thermocouple input 88025
AJ65SBT-64AD 4 — 4-channel input, -10–+10 V, 0 A–+20 mA 140146
Compact remote module
AJ65SBT2B-64RD3 4 — 4-channel input, for Pt100 with three-wire technology 221862
AJ65BT-64DAV — 4 4-channel voltage output, -10–+10 V 75446
Remote module
AJ65BT-64DAI — 4 4-channel current output, 4–20 mA 75445
Analog out
AJ65SBT-62DA — 2 2-channel voltage output, -10–+10 V, 0 A–20 mA 140147
Compact remote module
AJ65SBT2B-64DA — 4 4-channel voltage output, -10–+10 V, 0 A–20 mA 221863
Repeater AJ65SBT-RPT Compact repeater — — Repeater allowing 'T' branching and network extension 130353

13
 Remote I/O Modules

High-speed counter Data exchange with peripherals Open control loop positioning
The high-speed counter modules acquire signals These modules allow communication with Locating the positioning unit near the servo/
at frequencies beyond the range of normal peripheral devices through a standard RS232C mechanical system not only reduces cable costs
digital input modules. Positioning tasks or interface. The peripherals are connected point but also eliminates problems arising from noise
frequency measurements for example can be to point (1:1). and cable losses.
performed.

Product range Module Type Description Art. no.

AJ65BT-D62 2 high-speed counter inputs, 5–24 V DC, up to 200 kHz 88028
Counter AJ65BT-D62D Remote module 2 high-speed counter inputs, EIA standard RS422 connection, up to 400 kHz (low current consumption) 88029

3
AJ65BT-D62D-S1 2 high-speed counter inputs, EIA standard RS422 connection, up to 400 kHz 88030
Interface AJ65BT-R2N Remote module Serial interface, RS232C (D-Sub, 9 pole), 1 channel 216545
Positioning AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 Remote module 2 axes positioning module, pulse output, linear and circular interpolation 88002
NZ2GF2B1-16D 16 points input, 24 V DC (positive/negative common shared) 1-wire, terminal block type, response time 0–70 ms 260472
Remote I/O Modules

CC-Link IE Field network

NZ2GF2B1-16T 16 points output, 12 to 24 V DC, 0.5 A/point, 4 A/common, transistor output (sink type) 1-wire, terminal block type 260473
remote I/O module
NZ2GF2B1-16TE 16 points output, 12 to 24 V DC, 0.5 A/point, 4 A/common, transistor output (source type) 1-wire, terminal block type 260474
NZ2EX2B1-16D 16 points input, 24 V DC (positive/negative common shared) 1-wire, terminal block type, response time 0–70ms 260507
CC-Link IE Field network
I/O modules NZ2EX2B1-16T 16 points output, 12 to 24 V DC, 0.5 A/point, 4 A/common, transistor output (sink type) 1-wire, terminal block type 260508
extension I/O module
NZ2EX2B1-16TE 16 points output, 12 to 24 V DC, 0.5 A/point, 4 A/common, transistor output (source type) 1-wire, terminal block type 260509
CC-Link IE Field network
NZ2GFCF-D62PD2 2 high-speed counter inputs, 5/24 V DC/Differential inputs, up to 8 MHz 266159
remote I/O module
CC-Link IE Field to CC-Link
NZ2GF-CCB Allows the connection of a CC-Link network to a CC-Link IE network. 266160
bridge module
CC-Link IE Field network analog-
NZ2GF2B-60AD4 4 channels voltage/current analog-digital converter module (analog input type) 260505
Analog digital converter module
modules CC-Link IE Field network digital-
NZ2GF2B-60DA4 4 channels voltage/current digital-analog converter module (analog output type) 260506
analog converter module

See also CC-Link Safety remote I/O modules, page 34

See also CC-Link Safety relays, page 35

14
 Remote I/O Modules

The MELSEC STlite series – scalable I/O solutions for CC-Link, Profibus and Ethernet

Approved for a very wide range of applications, zz The range of potential applications is virtually The uncompromisingly modular architecture
the STlite series features excellent module unlimited. of the system also extends to its support for a
granularity and fieldbus-agnostic design, zz Reduces hardware and system overheads to wide range of fieldbus systems. You can install
making it ideally suited for the requirements of a minimum. different head stations for different protocols,
today’s distributed fieldbus systems. The devices depending on the needs of your applications.
are optimised for efficient processlevel com- zz Simplifies handling and maximises efficiency.
munication, with scalable performance and high
integration density.

Digital input modules Digital output mod- Analog output modules

3
(8 inputs) ules (8 outputs) (4 outputs)

Remote I/O Modules

Head station Power supply
Power supply Power supply module Analog input modules
(4 inputs) End module

Optimised for real-life requirements

Module granularity: Clear labelling: Reliable:

zz 2, 4 or 8 channels in a single I/O module zz Colour-coded group identification plate zz Approvals for industrial and marine automa-
brackets and terminal tags tion applications ensure a wide range of
Fieldbus-agnostic: deployment options – even in heavy-duty
Versatile: environments.
zz Head stations available for the leading
fieldbus protocols CC-Link, Profibus DP and zz Configuration options for digital/analog zz Automatic contacting for power and data
Ethernet inputs/outputs and special functions with contacts
different voltages, powers and signals on zz Pluggable connections with bus plug con-
Safe investment: a single fieldbus node. nector

zz Fieldbus node design enables easy switching zz CAGE CLAMP® spring terminals for input/out-
to new bus standards without changing the put point connections
bus modules.

15
 Remote I/O Modules

STlite series head stations

The head stations connect the STlite I/O systems Specifications STL-BT1 STL-PB1 STL-ETH1
with the Profibus DP, CC-Link or Ethernet Number of I/O modules 64 64 64
fieldbus systems. Each head station recognises
Ethernet TCP/IP ECO,
all inserted I/O and special function modules Communication protocol CC-Link-Standard Profibus DP Modbus®/TCP
and generates a local process image from the
configuration. input process 14 bytes digital, 2 bytes
256 bytes 244 bytes
image system, 32 bytes analog
Fieldbus
output process 14 bytes digital, 2 bytes
256 bytes 244 bytes
image system, 32 bytes analog
Limited by Ethernet
Number of addressable modules 64 96 with repeater specification

3 Order information  Art. no. 242280

STL-CCLink con: Art. no. 242314

242279 242281

Accessories The fieldbus connector connects a CC-Link device to a CC-Link line.

Remote I/O Modules

Power supply modules

The power supply modules deliver power to the Specifications STL-PS STL-BPS
bus terminals at the required voltages. Voltage supply 24 V DC (-25 %–+30 %) 24 V DC (-25 %–+30 %)
Input current  max. — 500
Total current for I/O modules  mA — 2000

Order information  Art. no. 242311 242312

Bus end module

One of these end modules must be installed at Specifications STL-ET

the end of each fieldbus node. The end module Order information  Art. no. 242313
terminates the internal terminals bus and
ensures reliable data communications.

Temperature input module

The analog temperature input module enables Specifications STL-TI2

direct connection of Pt100 resistance tempera- Module type Analog temperature input module
ture sensors, with either a 2-wire or 3-wire cable. Number of input channels 2
Sensor types Pt100 and resistance measurement
Temperature measuring range -200–+850 °C (Pt100)
Resolution 0.1 °C

Order information  Art. no. 242307

Incremental encoder input module

This module provides an interface for incremen- Specifications STL-ENC

tal encoders with an RS422 port. A counter with Module type Incremental Encoder Interface
a quadrature decoder and a null point signal Encoder connection 3 input channels
latch can be read and activated by the controller.
Counting range 32 bits binary
Max. counting frequency 250 kHz

Order information  Art. no. 242308

16
 Remote I/O Modules

Digital I/O modules

Digital input modules Specifications STL-DI8-V1 STL-DI8-V2

The digital input modules have 8 channels. They Module type Digital input module Digital input module
are used for inputting control signals from the Integrated inputs 8, source type, 1-conductor connection 8, source type, 1-conductor connection
field, for example from sensors.
Order information  Art. no. 242282 242283

Digital output modules Specifications STL-DO4 STL-DO8 STL-RO2

Digital output modules are available with 4 or Module type Digital output module Digital output module Digital relay output module
8 outputs. They are used to send control signals Integrated outputs 4, source type 8, source type 2 contacts (normally open)
from the automation controller to the con-
nected actuators.
Order information  Art. no. 242284 242295 242296
3
Digital relay output module

Remote I/O Modules

The relay output modules have two make con-
tacts. The relays have floating contacts and are
actuated with the internal system voltage.

Analog I/O modules

Analog input modules Specifications STL-AD2-V STL-AD2-I STL-AD4-V1 STL-AD4-V2 STL-AD4-I

The analog input modules with current input Module type Analoges Eingangsmodul
process standard 4–20 mA signals. The modules Number of input channels 2 2 4 4 4
with voltage inputs can handle standard ±10 V Signal input 0–10 V 4–20 mA ±10 V 0–10 V 4–20 mA
or 0–10 V signals.
Order information  Art. no. 242297 242298 242299 242300 242301

Analog output modules Specifications STL-DA2-I STL-DA2-V STL-DA4-V1 STL-DA4-V2 STL-DA4-I

The analog output modules with current Module type Analoges Ausgangsmodul
outputs generate standard 4–20 mA signals. Number of output channels 2 2 4 4 4
The modules with voltage outputs generate Signal output 4–20 mA 0–10 V 0–10 V ±10 V 4–20 mA
standard ±10 V or 0–10 V signals.
Order information  Art. no. 242302 242303 242304 242305 242306

Up/Down counter module

This counter inputs binary 24V signals and Specifications STL-C100

transmits the counter value to the installed bus Module type Up/Down counter
system. An input is used to switch between Up Switching outputs 2
and Down counting.
Counter inputs 1
Max. counting frequency 100 kHz

Order information  Art. no. 242309

Interface module

The SSI transmitter interface module enables Specifications STL-SSI

direct connection of an SSI transmitter. To read Module type Transmitter interface
out the transmitter the module emits a clock Interface SSI
signal and represents the data flow as a data
Sensor connection 1 input/1 output channel
word in the process image.
Order information  Art. no. 242310

17
 Remote I/O Modules

The MELSEC ST series – premium product for process industry

System description The name „ST“ means „Slice-type Terminal“ and The electronic modules can be clipped easily
comes from the physical appearance of the in the base modules without any tool. The
The ST series is designed as a modular input/
very slim modules (12.6 mm). As well as slice combined unit can then be mounted on a DIN
output system for connection to CC-Link and
type modules, cost saving block modules with rail. Exchange of the electronic modules can be
Profibus DP. It comprises of:
16 inputs or outputs are also available. made on-line, so the system keeps running. Re-
zz basic module (head station and bus node for wiring is not needed.
The extension modules are designed as a
CC-Link and Profibus DP)
2-component system, that means they consist Every electronic module provides LEDs for
zz power supply modules of electronic modules for the function and base quick and easy diagnostics and also additional
zz digital and analog I/O modules modules as modular backplane bus (available information. Error and status messages are also
with two types of terminals: spring clamp or shown on the basic module.
They can be combined freely to provide an
screw clamp terminals).
3 efficient system configuration depending on
your demands.

16pt digital 16pt digital 1ch analog output module

Remote I/O Modules

input module output module

2ch analog output module

Head station 2pt digital input module Power supply module

Power supply module 4pt digital input module 2ch analog input modules
2pt digital input module 2pt digital output module Power feeding module

Special features: zz Connection diagram on every module zz Quick diagnostics via LED´s
zz ST = Slice terminals, only 12.6 mm wide zz Applicable wire size for all base modules zz Distributed 24 V DC for actuators/sensors
0.5–2.5 mm², flexible wire with ferrule or solid zz Gold contacts for all bus and signal connections
zz Modular structure with no restriction on
core wire without ferrule
installation position zz Electronic modules are coded to prevent an
zz Expandable in two-point increments incorrect unit being inserted
zz Easy and complete handling via 3 push
­buttons zz Replaceable electronic modules zz Easy parameter setting with GX Configurator DP
zz Hot swap function without re-wiring

Basic modules (head stations) of the MELSEC ST series

The basic module ST1H-PB connects the remote Specifications ST1H-BT ST1H-PB
I/O modules of the ST series to CC-Link and Occupied I/O points 4 inputs/4 outputs 4/4
Profibus DP. protocol CC-Link standard Profibus DP
Communications
medium CC-Link cable Shielded 2-wire
Interfacetype CC-Link RS485
Supported operation modes Remote station (1–4) Sync mode, freeze mode
Order information  Art. no. 214496 152951

Bus power for head station and power feeding module

You need one ST1PSD beside the basic module Specifications ST1PSD ST1PDD
to operate the ST station, a second or more are Power supply for head station,
only needed depending on the power con- Module type internal 5 V DC backplane bus and 24 V DC Power feeding module
sumption of the connected items. for I/Os (double function)
Nominal voltage V DC 24.0 24.0
The power feeding module ST1PDD distributes
Max. output current (5 V DC) A 2.0 —
24 V DC only for the I/Os of the actuators and
Max. output current (24 V DC) A 8 (10 with fuse) 8 (10 with fuse)
sensors.
Order information  Art. no. 152952 152953

Applicable base module for spring clamp type ST1B-S4P2-H-SET, art. no. 152908 ST1B-S4P2-D, art. no. 152910
basic module supply screw clamp type ST1B-E4P2-H-SET, art. no. 152918 ST1B-E4P2-D, art. no. 152920
Applicable base module for spring clamp type ST1B-S4P2-R-SET, art. no. 152909 —
bus refreshing within the station screw clamp type ST1B-E4P2-R-SET, art. no. 152919 —

18
 Remote I/O Modules

Digital I/O modules

Digital input modules Specifications ST1X2-DE1 ST1X4-DE1 ST1X16-DE1 ST1X1616-DE1-S1

The digital input modules of the ST series Number of input points 2 4 16 32
directly connect field devices (contacts, limit ST1B-S4X2, ST1B-S6X4, ST1B-S4X16, ST1B-S6X32,
spring clamp type
Applicable base art. no. 152911 art. no. 152912 art. no. 152913 art. no. 169313
switches, sensors, etc.). module ST1B-E4X2, ST1B-E6X4, ST1B-E4X16, ST1B-E6X32,
screw clamp type art. no. 152921 art. no. 152922 art. no. 152923 art. no. 169314
Digital output modules 3-wire 24 V DC 3-wire 24 V DC 3-wire 24 V DC
Connection cable type 3-wire 24 V DC
(with shield) (with shield) (with shield)
The digital output modules of the ST series
connect directly to field devices (e.g. contactors, Order information  Art. no. 152964 152965 152966 169309
valves, lights).
The TPE3 models provide advanced protec-
tion functions e.g. for thermal and short circuit
failures.
Specifications
Number of output points
ST1Y2-TE2
2
ST1Y16-TE2
16
ST1Y2-TE8
2
ST1Y2-TPE3
2
ST1Y16-TPE3
16
ST1Y2-R2
2
3
Output type Transistor Transistor Transistor Transistor Transistor Relay
ST1B-S3Y2, ST1B-S3Y16, ST1B-S3Y2, ST1B-S3Y2, ST1B-S3Y16, ST1B-S4IR2,

Remote I/O Modules

spring clamp type art. no. art. no. art. no. art. no. art. no. art. no.
Applicable base 152914 152915 152914 152914 152915 152916
module ST1B-E3Y2, ST1B-E3Y16, ST1B-E3Y2, ST1B-E3Y2, ST1B-E3Y16, ST1B-E4IR2,
screw clamp type art. no. art. no. art. no. art. no. art. no. art. no.
152924 152925 152924 152924 152925 152927
2-wire 24 V DC 2-wire 24 V DC 2-wire 24 V DC 2-wire 24 V DC 2-wire 24 V DC 2 wires (inter-
Connection cable type with shield with shield with shield with shield with shield nal connected)
Order information  Art. no. 152967 152968 169408 152969 152970 152971

Analog I/O modules

Analog input modules Specifications ST1AD2-V ST1AD2-I ST1TD2 ST1RD2

The analog input modules of the ST series Analog temperature Analog temperature
Module type Analog input module Analog input module input module input module
convert analog process data like pressure, tem-
Occupied I/O points 4/4 4/4 4/4 4/4
perature, etc. into digital values that are sent to -10–+10 V, 0–+10 V, Thermocouple input:
the Profibus DP/CC-Link master. Signal input 0–20 mA, 4–20 mA Pt100, Pt1000
0–5 V, 1–5 V K, T, E, J, B, R, S or N
Resolution 12 bit + sign 12 bit + sign 0.1–0.8 °C 1 0.1 °C
Analog output modules Conversion speed 0.1 ms per channel 0.1 ms per channel 30/60 ms per channel 80 ms per channel
ST1B-S4IR2, ST1B-S4IR2, ST1B-S4TD2, ST1B-S4TD2,
The analog output modules of the ST series con- spring clamp type
Applicable base art. no. 152916 art. no. 152916 art. no. 161736 art. no. 161736
vert the digital values sent from the Profibus DP/ module ST1B-E4IR2, ST1B-E4IR2, ST1B-E4TD2, ST1B-E4TD2,
screw clamp type
CC-Link master into an analog voltage signal. art. no. 152927 art. no. 152927 art. no. 161737 art. no. 161737
Order information  Art. no. 152972 152973 161734 169406
Analog temperature input modules 1 Depends on the thermocouple used
The analog temperature input modules of the
ST series convert analog temperature data into
digital values that are sent to the Profibus DP/ Specifications ST1DA2-V/-F01 ST1DA1-I/-F01 ST1SS1
CC-Link master. Absolute encoder interface
Module type Analog output module Analog output module with SSI (synchronal serial
interface)
Occupied I/O points 4/4 4/4 4/4
-10–+10 V, 0–+10 V, 0–5
Signal output range 0–20 mA, 4–20 mA 31 bit binary (0–2147483647)
V, 1–5 V
Resolution 12 bit + sign 12 bit + sign 2 to 31 bits
Applicable base spring clamp type ST1B-S4IR2, art. no. 152916 ST1B-S4IR2, art. no. 152916 ST1B-S4IR2, art. no. 152916
module screw clamp type ST1B-E4IR2, art. no. 152927 ST1B-E4IR2, art. no. 152927 ST1B-E4IR2, art. no. 152927
Order information  Art. no. 152975/217631 152976/217632 193660

19
 For detailed
information,
please refer
to the family
catalogues.

Modular PLCs – MELSEC iQ-R series, System Q and L series

Modular controllers like Mitsubishi Electric’s The modular design allows flexible usage in a Use of digital and special function modules
MELSEC iQ-R series, System Q and the L series broad range of applications. Additional backpla-
The use of digital and analog modules and most
are high-performance PLC systems with broad nes can be added as the system expands.
special function modules is dependent only on
functionality. The range, power and function of Modular PLCs comprise a power supply, one the maximum available number of addresses
these high-end PLCs is impressive, with opera- or more CPU modules and I/O and/or special and thus on the CPU used in each case.
tion times measured in nanoseconds. function modules.
The following modules are available for assemb-
ling the system:

Pulse catch and interrupt modules Digital input/output modules

Digital input modules for pulse storage For various signal levels with transistor,
and for processing subroutines. relay or triac switches.
4 Analog input/output modules
Communications modules For processing current/voltage
Modular PLCs

Interface modules with RS232/RS422/ signals and for temperature value

RS485 interface for connection of acquisition as well as temperature
peripherals or for PLC-PLC communi­cation. control with direct connection of
Pt100 resistance thermometers or
Network modules thermocouples. A HART enabled
module for current input is also
For interfacing with Ethernet, CC-Link, available for the MELSEC System Q.
CC-Link IE, Profibus DP/Profinet, Modbus®/
TCP/RTU, DeviceNet™, AS-Interface and
MELSEC networks.
Positioning modules
High-speed counter modules with possi­
bility for connection of incremental shaft
encoder or multiaxial positioning modules
for servo and step drives with up to 8 axes
per module.

iQ Platform The iQ Equation

Mitsubishi Electric’s integrated control architec- = PLC + Motion

ture is the world’s first automation platform
combining all key automation types on one
controller. No longer are valuable enginee-
ring resources spent trying to make different
systems from separate vendors work together.
With iQ, which includes the MELSEC iQ-R series
and System Q, Mitsubishi Electric takes care of
system integration. We provide an extensive
array of controller types that seamlessly operate
together on the same backplane.
The I/O range of the iQ Platform is 0 to 12,228.

+ CNC* 1 + Robot* 
1
+ Process + IT 1

 * Descripiton follows
1
MELSEC System Q only

20
 Modular PLCs

POWER

R61P 06
I / 04 07
I / 05
I / 02 I / 03 Q38B(N)
I / 00 I / 01 E.S.D
POWER CPU
0
0
0
1
1
1
BASE UNIT 2
2
2
3
L ER

MODEL Q38B
3
3
P1
017-A 4

SERIAL 0205020E0100
4
4
5
5 LINK
5
6
6
6
7
7
7 L ER
8
8
8
9
P1
9
9
A
A LINK
A
B
B
B
C
C
C
D
D
D
E
E
E
F
F
F

MELSEC iQ-R series MELSEC Sytem Q MELSEC L series

MELSEC iQ-R series 4

The iQ Platform builds on the power of Support for multiple CPUs on an iQ-R series zz Engineering – Reducing development costs

Modular PLCs
­Mitsubishi Electric’s high performance program- backplane is supported, enabling users to through intuitive engineering
mable automation controller (PAC), complemen- develop vastly more complex and sophistica- zz Compatibility – Compatible with most exis-
ting this with a broad range of control modules ted automation applications from a single PAC ting MELSEC System Q I/O
and network interfaces. backplane.
zz Security – Unauthorized access protection
The iQ-R series CPU offers dramatic improve- zz Productivity – Improve productivity through across distributed control network
ments in performance, setting new bench- advanced performance/functionality
mark standards for processing speed. At the zz Maintenance – Reduce maintenance costs
zz Scalability – offers Multi CPU solutions on a and downtime utilizing easier maintenance
same time, the iQ-R series offers reductions in single backplane
development cost, maintenance cost and risk features
of system failure, while providing an innovative zz Connectivity – Seamless connectivity within
upgrade path that will enable users to take all levels of manufacturing
advantage of ongoing developments through
software upgrades rather than hardware
upgrades.

MELSEC System Q

MELSEC System Q has been designed to be at zz Communication – is a communication hub zz MES and web server module for quick and
the heart of your manufacturing process, as it connecting to fieldbus or data networks simple connectivity to the IT world
is at the heart of Mitsubishi Electric‘s compo- including 100 Mbps Ethernet zz Redundancy options ranging from full red-
nent automation concept. It offers you total zz Scalability – offers Multi CPU solutions on a undant PLC hardware to redundant network
integration of your control and communication single backplane options improve uptime and productivity
needs from a single platform – connecting your
automation with your business needs. zz Flexibility – solutions can combine 4 CPU
types as a seamless solution; PLC, Motion,
Robots, NC, PC and Process CPUs

MELSEC L series

The MELSEC L series is a powerful but compact The high-performance version CPU also includes zz Built-in I/O features
modular controller with many features built-in a built-in CC-Link interface for Master/Local Sta- zz Communication and networking capabilities
to the CPU itself. The rack-free design promo- tion networking. This highly flexible architecture
tes high system flexibility with minimum form makes the MELSEC L series ideal for both stand- zz High-end 16-axis motion expansion possible
factor. Built-in Mini-B USB and Ethernet allow alone and networked machines. using SSCNETIII/H
for easy communication, along with a built-in zz Rack-free design
SD/SDHC memory slot for data logging and
memory storage, and built-in digital I/O for zz CPUs packed with comprehensive built-in
simple high-speed counting and positioning features/functions
functions. zz Integrated data logging

21
 MELSEC iQ-R Series

MELSEC iQ-R Series – What a system looks like

Special function
CPU module Digital I/O module module Network module

Power supply module

0

Protective 1
2
3

cover for 4
5
L ER

P1
removable 6
7
LINK

POWER
terminal block 8
9
L ER

A P1
R61P B LINK
C
D
E

4
F
Modular PLCs

, ,
, , 4%1
, ,
, , (6'
32:(5 &38


 

  
Interface for extension unit
(under the transparent cover) Base unit
SD memory card
USB interface

Ethernet interface
Backup battery
(slot on the lower side)

System structure
The CPU and modules are connected to a base Each base unit can be supplemented by means For cabling larger systems and machines – e. g.
unit which has an internal bus connection for of an extension unit providing additional slots. in a modular design – the use of remote I/O
high-speed communication between the indivi- Up to seven extension bases can be connected modules offers additional communications
dual modules and the CPUs. The power supply and a maximum of 64 modules installed at any facilities
module which supplies the voltage for the entire one time. An RQ extension base is also available,
system is also installed on this base unit. ensuring compatibility with existing MELSEC
The base units are available in different versions System Q modules.
with 5 to 12 module slots.

What you need

Base units
Main base units Specifications R35B R38B R312B
The main base unit is used for mounting and con- Slots for I/O modules 5 8 12
necting CPUs, power supply unit, input modules, Slots for power supply modules 1 1 1
output modules and special function modules.
Order information  Art. no. 279583 279584 279585

Extension base units Specifications R65B R68B R612B RQ65B RQ68B RQ612B
The extension base units are connected to the Slots for I/O modules 5 8 12 5 8 128
main base unit by means of preassembled bus Slots for power supply modules — — — — — —
cables. The RQ extension base units are for
Order information  Art. no. 279590 279589 279588 279591 279586 279587
MELSEC System Q modules.

22
 MELSEC iQ-R Series

POWER

R61P

SPEED

CH1

SD/RD

SPEED

R61P R120PCPU CH2

SD/RD
R12CCPU-V
Power supply Process CPU C Controller CPU

Power supply modules

These units power all the modules on the back- Specifications R61P R62P R63P R64P
plane. The choice is dependent on the power Input voltage 85–264 V AC 85–264 V AC 24 V DC 85–264 V AC
consumption of the individual modules (this is
especially important when using multiple CPUs).
Rated output
current
5 V DC A 6.5
24 V DC ±10 % A —
3.5
0.6
6.5
—
9
— 4
Order information  Art. no. 279581 285507 279582 285508

Modular PLCs
CPU modules

The MELSEC iQ-R series includes a wide range of

programmable automation controllers capable
of catering to diversified automation control
needs.

PLC CPU modules Specifications R04CPU R08CPU R16CPU R32CPU R120CPU

At the core of the MELSEC iQ-R series is a I/O points 4096 4096 4096 4096 4096
programmable controller CPU. This CPU is the 40 k steps 80 k steps 160 k steps 320 k steps 1200 k steps
Memory capacity for PLC program (160 kByte) (320 kByte) (640 kByte) (1280 kByte) (4800 kByte)
heart of the control system and includes various
features for different applications. The most Order information  Art. no. 279576 279577 279578 279579 279580
common CPU is the programmable controller
CPU, into which various features are embedded, NZ1MEM-2GBSD; 2 GB SD memory card;
NZ1MEM-4GBSD; 4 GB SDHC memory card;
enabling it to perform a wide range of control NZ1MEM-8GBSD; 8 GB SDHC memory card;
tasks. NZ1MEM-16GBSD; 16 GB SDHC memory card;
Accessories NZ2MC-1MBS; 1 MB Extended SRAM cassette;
NZ2MC-2MBS; 2 MB Extended SRAM cassette;
NZ2MC-4MBS; 4 MB Extended SRAM cassette;
NZ2MC-8MBS; 8 MB Extended SRAM cassette;

Process CPU modules Specifications R08PCPU R16PCPU R32PCPU R120PCPU

The MELSEC iQ-R process CPUs are designed I/O points 4096 4096 4096 4096
specifically for medium- to large-scale process Data memory 5 MByte 10 MByte 20 MByte 40 MByte
control systems requiring high-speed perfor- Memory capacity 80 k steps 160 k steps 320 k steps 1200 k steps
for PLC program (320 kByte) (640 kByte) (1280 kByte) (4800 kByte)
mance coupled with the handling of large PID
loops. Order information  Art. no. 285496 285499 285500 285497

Motion CPU modules Specifications R16MTCPU R32MTCPU

The motion CPU module is a dedicated high- Number of control axes 16 32
precision control CPU module, designed solely Interpolation functions Linear interpolation for up to 4 axes, circular interpolation for 2 axes, helical interpolation for 3 axes
for applications that require advanced motion Programming language Motion SFC, dedicated instruction
control such as positioning control, synchronous Interfaces SSCNETIII/H, PERIPHERAL I/F, SD memory card
control, and speed-torque control at a very high Order information  Art. no. 280227 280288
accuracy. A motion system requires a motion
controller CPU, and a PLC CPU.

C Controller CPU Specifications R12CCPU-V

The C Controller module is part of the applica- Programming language C++
tion-specific range in the MELSEC iQ-R series. Memory Work RAM: 256 MB; ROM: 12 MB; Battery-backed-up RAM: 4 MB
The multi-core ARM®-based controller pre- Communication interfaces 110BASE-T/100BASE-TX (2 ch.), RS232 (1 ch.)
installed with VxWorks® Version 6.9, realizes the SD memory card slot 1 slot
simultaneous execution of programs, thereby
Order information  Art. no. 285498
providing a robust and deterministic alternative
to computer based systems.

23
 MELSEC iQ-R Series

V V
+ +
V CH C CH
O 1
I 1 M I
I
S + +
0 L 1 N 1
D V C V
1 + 2 + 2
V CH C CH
3 O 2 3
I 2
2
I 4 M I 4
3
S + +
L 5 N 5
4 D V C V
+ 6 + 6
5 V CH C CH
7 O 3 7
6 I 3 M I
I 8
+
8
7 S + 9 N 9
L C V
8 D V
+ 10 + 10
C CH
V CH 11 O 4 11
9
I
4 M I
I 12 12
A + +
S + 13 N
2 13
B L C
4 2
D A 14 V 4 14
C G G
15 15

RX42C4/RY40NT5P RH42C4NT2P R60AD4/R60DA4

D 16 16
(FG) (FG)
E 17 17
F 18 18

Digital I/O modules Combined I/O module Analog I/O modules

Digital input and output modules

Digital I/O modules are the senses of the Digital input modules
automation system and provide an interface of Specifications RX10 RX40C7 RX41C4 RX42C4

4 various processes to the controller.

I/O modules are available in a wide range of
Number of input channels
Rated input voltage
16 16
100–120 V AC (50/60 Hz) 24 V DC
32
24 V DC
64
24 V DC
densities (16-, 32- and 64-points) depending on
the I/O requirements and minimum use of space Order information  Art. no. 279546 279533 279534 279545
Modular PLCs

in the control cabinet.

Digital output modules
Terminal blocks are interchangeable with
Specifications RY10R2 RY40NT5P RY41NT2P RY42NT2P RY40PT5P RY41PT1P RY42PT1P
MELSEC System Q I/O terminals and can save
on the cost of upgrading from existing control Number of output channels 16 16 32 64 16 32 64
systems. Output type Relay Transistor (sink) Transistor (source)
24 V DC/
Rated output voltage 12–24 V DC 12–24 V DC 12–24 V DC 12–24 V DC 12–24 V DC 12–24 V DC
240 V AC

Order information  Art. no. 279550 279547 279548 279549 279551 279552 279553

Combined I/O modules

Specifications RH42C4NT2P
Number of input channels 32
Rated input voltage 24 V DC
Number of output channels 32
Rated output voltage 12–24 V DC

Order information  Art. no. 279554

Analog input modules

MELSEC iQ-R series analog modules are the Specifications R60AD4 R60ADV8 R60ADI8 R60AD8-G R60AD16-G
interface between external anlaog signals and Number of input channels 4 8 8 8 16
the control system. Various modules are availa- voltageV -10–+10 -10–+10 — -10–+10 -10–+10
ble to cover a wide range of requirements, such Analog input
currentmA 0–20 — 0–20 0–20 0–20
as galvanic isolation, current, voltage and mixed ±0.3 % , ±0.3 % , ±0.3 % ,
channel applications. Overall accuracy ±0.1 % ±0.1 %
±0.1 % ±0.1 % ±0.1 %

Order information  Art. no. 279556 279558 279561 285502 285501

Analog output modules

MELSEC iQ-R series analog output modules Specifications R60DA4 R60DAV8 R60DAI8 R60DA8-G R60DA16-G
reliably deliver accurate analog values. A variety Number of output channels 4 8 8 8 16
of modules (voltage, current, or mixed) are -10 V DC–+10 V DC -10 V DC–+10 V DC 0 mA–+20 mA DC -12 V DC–+12 V DC -12 V DC–+12 V DC
available to cover a wide range of application Analog Output (0 mA–+20 mA DC) (0 mA–+20 mA DC) (0 mA–+20 mA DC)
requirements, such as frequency inverters, valves ±0.3 % , ±0.3 % , ±0.3 % ,
Overall accuracy ±0.1 % ±0.1 %
or slide valves. ±0.1 % ±0.1 % ±0.1 %

Order information  Art. no. 279557 279560 279559 285504 285503

24
 MELSEC iQ-R Series

CH1

CH2

R60TD8-G RD62P2 RJ71C24

Analog module for temperature measurement High-speed counter module Interface module

Analog modules for temperature measurement

Temperature sensors are connected directly to Specifications R60RD8-G R60TD8-G

these modules. They convert measured analog Number of input channels 8 8
values into16 or 32-bit signed binary tempera-
ture measurement values.
Connectable thermocouple
Temperature measuring range
type Pt100, JPt100, Ni100, Pt50
Depends on the temperature sensor used
B, R, S, K, E, J, T, N
4
Order information  Art. no. 285505 285506

Modular PLCs
High-speed counter modules

The MELSEC iQ-R series counter modules are Specifications RD62P2 RD62P2E RD62D2
capable of 200k pulse/s for the DC input type, Number of counter input channels 2 2 2
and 8M pulse/s for differential input. When 1-phase-input (multiple of 1 or 2), CW/CCW input,
used with a high-accuracy incremental encoder, phase 2-phase input (multiple of 1, 2 or 4)
positional tracking can also be realized. Count input signal
EIA Standard RS422-A
signal levels 5/12/24 V DC (2–5 mA) 5/12/24 V DC (2–5 mA)
The pulse measurement feature enables measu- Differential line driver level
ring of the pulse cycle. Max. counting speed 200 kHz 200 kHz 8 MHz

Order information  Art. no. 279566 279568 279567

Interface modules

The serial communication modules enable serial Specifications RJ71C24 RJ71C24-R2 RJ71C24-R4
devices with up to 230.4 kbps transmission RS232-compliance RS232-compliance RS422/485-compliance
speeds to be connected per channel. Communi- channel 1 (D-Sub 9P female) (D-Sub 9P female) (2-piece terminal block)
cations protocols such as Modbus® are suppor- Interface type
RS422/485-compliance RS232-compliance RS422/485-compliance
channel 2
ted via the pre-defined protocol feature. (2-piece terminal block) (D-Sub 9P female) (2-piece terminal block)

Order information  Art. no. 279573 279574 279575

25
 MELSEC System Q

MELSEC System Q – What a system looks like

Special function
CPU-module Digital I/O module Network module
module

Power supply module

Protective
cover for
removable
terminal block

4
Modular PLCs

Base unit
Interface for extension unit USB interface
(under the transparent cover)
Ethernet/RS232 interfaces

Backup battery
Memory card (slot on the lower side)

System structure
The CPU and modules are connected to a base Each base unit can be supplemented by means They serve to protect the free slots from soiling
unit which has an internal bus connection for of an extension unit providing additional slots. or from mechanical effects and can also be used
communication between the individual mod- If you wish to keep open the option of subse- for reserving I/O points.
ules and the CPUs. The power supply module quent extension of your PLC or if you have free For cabling larger systems and machines – e. g.
which supplies the voltage for the entire system slots on your base unit, you can insert dummy in a modular design – the use of remote I/O
is also installed on this base unit. modules in vacant module positions. modules offers additional communications
The base units are available in 4 different ver- facilities.
sions with 3 to 12 module slots.

What you need

Base units
Main base units Specifications Q32SB Q33B Q33SB Q35B Q35SB Q35DB Q38B Q38DB* Q38RB Q312B Q312DB*
The main base unit is used for mounting and Slots for I/O modules 2 3 3 5 5 5 8 8 8 12 12
connecting CPUs, power supply unit, input Slots for power 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
modules, output modules and special function supply modules
modules. Order inf.  Art. no. 147273 136369 147284 127586 147285 249091 127624 207608 157067 129566 207609
* These base units are required for the new iQ Platform motion, NC and robot CPUs.

Extension base units Specifications Q52B Q55B Q63B Q65B Q68B Q68RB Q612B Q65WRB QA1S51B
The extension base units are connected to the Slots for power — — 1 1 1 2 1 1 —
main base unit by means of pre-assembled bus supply modules
cables. Slots for I/O modules 2 5 3 5 8 8 12 5 1

Order inf.  Art. no. 140376 140377 136370 129572 129578 157066 129579 210163 249092

26
 MELSEC System Q

Q61P-A2 Q06HCPU Q26UDEHCPU

Power supply module High-performance PLC CPU Universal PLC CPU

Power supply modules

These units power all the modules on the back- Specifications Q61P Q61P-D Q61SP Q62P Q63P Q63RP Q64PN Q64RP
plane. The choice is dependent on the power 85– 100– 85– 100– 100– 100–
Input voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC
consumption of the individual modules (this is
especially important when using multiple CPUs). Rated output 5 V DC
current
264 V AC
A 6
240 V AC
6
264 V AC
2
240 V AC
3 6 8.5
240 V AC
8.5
240 V AC
8.5 4
24 V DC ±10 % A — — — 0.6 — — — —

Modular PLCs
Order information  Art. no. 190235 221860 147286 140379 136371 166091 217627 157065

PLC CPU modules The CPU modules of the MELSEC System Q are available as single and multi processor CPUs through
which they achieve a wide application range.

Basic PLC CPUs Specifications Q00JCPU Q00CPU Q01CPU

These CPUs were developed especially for appli- I/O points 256/2048 1024/2048 1024/2048
cations where compact system configuration is Memory overall 58 kByte 94 kByte 94 kByte
important. capacity max. for PLC program 8 k steps (32 kByte) 8 k steps (32 kByte) 14 k steps (56 kByte)

Order information  Art. no. 138322 138323 138324

High-performance PLC CPUs Specifications Q02CPU Q02HCPU Q06HCPU Q12HCPU Q25HCPU

With the high-performance CPUs fast processing I/O points 4096/8192 4096/8192 4096/8192 4096/8192 4096/8192
speed and expandability are the key features. Flex- overall ≤32 MByte ≤32 MByte ≤32 MByte ≤32 MByte ≤32 MByte
Memory
ible system configuration that suits a wide range capacity 28 k steps 28 k steps 60 k steps 124 k steps 252 k steps
max. for PLC program (112 kByte) (112 kByte) (240 kByte) (496 kByte) (1008 kByte)
of applications is possible due to a varied set of
functions and a well designed programming, Order information  Art. no. 132561 127585 130216 130217 130218
configuration and debugging environment.

Universal PLC CPUs Q03UDCPU,

Specifications Q00UJCPU Q00UCPU Q01UCPU Q02UCPU Q03UDECPU
These universal PLC CPUs are the latest genera-
I/O points 256/8192 1024/8192 1024/8192 2048/8192 4096/8192
tion of modular CPUs for the MELSEC System Q
10 k steps 10 k steps 15 k steps 20 k steps 30 k steps
controller platform and they are the foundation Memory capacity for PLC program (40 kByte) (40 kByte) (60 kByte) (80 kByte) (120 kByte)
of the iQ Platform system. They can be com-
bined with the motion, robot and NC CPUs to Order information  Art. no. 221575 221576 221577 207604 207605, 217899
configure scalable and highly flexible modular
automation systems. Q04UDHCPU, Q06UDHCPU, Q10UDHCPU, Q13UDHCPU,
Specifications Q04UDEHCPU Q06UDEHCPU Q10UDEHCPU Q13UDEHCPU
I/O points 4096/8192 4096/8192 4096/8192 4096/8192
40 k steps 60 k steps 100 k steps 130 k steps
Memory capacity for PLC program (160 kByte) (240 kByte) (400 kByte) (520 kByte)

Order information  Art. no. 207606, 217900 207607, 215808 221578, 221579 217619, 217901

Q20UDHCPU, Q26UDHCPU,
Specifications Q50UDEHCPU * Q100UDEHCPU *
Q20UDEHCPU Q26UDEHCPU
I/O points 4096/8192 4096/8192 4096/8192 4096/8192
200 k steps 260 k steps 500 k steps 1000 k steps
Memory capacity for PLC program (800 kByte) (1040 kByte) (2000 kByte) (4000 kByte)

Order information  Art. no. 221580, 221581 217620, 217902 242368 242369
* is supported by GX Works2 only

Specifications Q03UDVCPU Q04UDVCPU Q06UDVCPU Q13UDVCPU Q26UDVCPU

I/O points 4096/8192
30 k steps 40 k steps 60 k steps 130 k steps 260 k steps
Memory capacity for PLC program (120 kByte) (160 kByte) (240 kByte) (520 kByte) (1040 kByte)

Order information  Art. no. 266161 266162 266163 266164 266165

Q4MCA-1MBS; 1 MB memory cassette for QmUDVCPU Art. no. 266134;

Accessories Q4MCA-2MBS; 2 MB memory cassette for QmUDVCPU Art. no. 266155;
Q4MCA-4MBS; 3 MB memory cassette for QmUDVCPU Art. no. 266156
Q4MCA-8MBS; 4 MB memory cassette for QmUDVCPU Art. no. 266157

27
 MELSEC System Q

Q24DHCCPU-V
Q12PRHCPU Q12DCCPU-V Q10WCPU-WI-E
Redundant PLC CPU C Controller CPU PC CPU

Process CPU modules Specifications Q02PHCPU Q06PHCPU Q12PHCPU Q25PHCPU

The MELSEC System Q process CPU allows I/O points 4096/8192 4096/8192 4096/8192 4096/8192
flexible system design based on off-the-shelf overall ≤32 MByte ≤32 MByte ≤32 MByte ≤32 MByte
components, which reduces both initial and Memory capacity max. for PLC 28 k steps 60 k steps 124 k steps 252 k steps
implementation costs. program (112 kByte) (240 kByte) (496 kByte) (1008 kByte)

4 The MELSEC Process Control system is best

suited for food manufacturing and chemical
Order information  Art. no. 218138 218139 143529 143530

plant applications.
Modular PLCs

Redundant PLC CPU modules Specifications Q12PRHCPU Q25PRHCPU

Two PLC systems with the same configuration I/O points 4096/8192 4096/8192
can provide a hot standby system through auto- overall ≤32 MByte ≤32 MByte
matic synchronisation of data. This is the key to Memory capacity max. for PLC 124 k steps (496 kByte) 252 k steps (1008 kByte)
a redundant system and high availability. Down program
time and costs for re-starting are also dramati- Order information  Art. no. 157070 157071
cally reduced. If the control system fails, the
standby system takes over without interruption
of the process.

Motion CPU modules Specifications Q172DSCPU Q173DSCPU

The high-speed dynamic motion CPU controls I/O points, accessible axes 8192; 16 8192; 32
and synchronises the connected servo amplifi- Interpolation functions Linear interpolation for up to 4 axes, circular interpolation for 2 axes, helical interpolation for 3 axes
ers and servo motors. A motion system requires Programming language Motion SFC, dedicated instructions, software for conveyor assembly (SV13),
a motion controller CPU, and a PLC CPU. virtual mechanical support language (SV22)
Interfaces SSCNETIII/H (USB, RS232C via PLC CPU) SSCNETIII/H (USB, RS232C via PLC CPU)
Real I/O points (PX/PY) 256 (these I/Os can be allocated directly to the motion CPU)

Order information  Art. no. 248700 248701

C Controller CPUs Specifications Q24DHCCPU-V Q12DCCPU-V

The C Controller allows the integration and Programming language C or C++
programming of the MELSEC System Q automa- Standard ROM: 382 MB; Work RAM: 512 MB; Standard RAM: 3 MB; Work RAM: 128 MB;
Memory
tion platform with C++. Using the worldwide Battery-backed-up RAM: 5 MB Battery-backed-up RAM: 128 kB
established real time operating system VxWorks, RS232 (1 ch.), 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX (2 ch.),
Communication interfaces 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX (2 ch.), USB (1 ch.) USB (1 ch.)
the realisation of complex tasks, communication
1 slot for a TYPE I card 1 slot for a TYPE I card
and protocols becomes very easy. CF card I/F (Max. 1 GB CF card is supported.) (Max. 8 GB CF card is supported.)

Order information  Art. no. 260296 221925

PC CPU modules Specifications Q10WCPU-WI-E Q10WCPU-WI-CFE

The Q10WCPU uses the Microsoft Windows® CPU Intel® Atom™ Processor N450 1.66 GHz
operating system and can be combined with Chip set Intel® ICH8M
the power supplies, racks, I/O and special Processing frequency GHz 1.66
modules from the MELSEC System Q. The CPU L1 cache Instruction 32 kB + data 24 kB
module can be used in stand-alone mode or in Memory L2 cache 512 kB
multi-CPU mode, in conjunction with PLC CPU Main 1 GB
modules for example. This enables a seamless Video Analog-RGB, resolution 1400x1050 at 60 Hz (16 million colors)
connection between the process and the data Interfaces Serial (RS232C), USB, keyboard/mouse, LAN, monitor
processing system. PC card slots 1 slot for CF memory card (type I)

Order information  Art. no. 252826 252827

iQ Platform CPUs
Robot CPU (see Robots chapter)
NC CPU (please contact your nearest Mitsubishi
Electric distributor for more details)

28
 MELSEC System Q

QY10

L
1
L
2
L
3
L 0
4
L 1
5
L 2
6
L 3
7
L 4
8
L 5
9
L 6
A
L 7
B
L 8
C
L 9
D
L A
E
L B
F
L C
COM
D
NC

QX10 QY10 Q64AD2DA

E
F

Digital input module Digital output module Combined analog I/O module

Digital I/O modules

Various input modules are available for convert- Digital input modules
ing digital process signals with different voltage Specifications QX10 QX10-TS QX28 QX40 QX40-TS QX41 QX42
levels into the levels required by the PLC.
The MELSEC System Q output modules have
Input points
Rated input voltage
16
100–120 V AC
16
100–120 V AC
8 16
100–240 V AC 24 V DC
16
24 V DC
32
24 V DC
64
24 V DC
4
different switching elements for adaptation to (50/60 Hz) (50/60 Hz) (50/60 Hz)
many control tasks.

Modular PLCs
Order inform. Art. no. 129581 221838 136396 132572 221839 132573 132574

Specifications QX50 QX80 QX80-TS QX81 QX82-S1

Input points 16 16 16 32 64
Rated input voltage 48 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC

Order inform. Art. no. 204678 127587 221840 129594 150837

Digital output modules

Specifications QY10 QY10-TS QY18A QY22 QY40P QY40P-TS QY41P QY42P
Output points 16 16 8 16 16 16 32 64
Output type Relay Triac Transistor (sink type)
24 V DC/ 24 V DC/ 24 V DC/ 100–
Rated output voltage 12/24 V DC 12/24 V DC 12/24 V DC 12/24 V DC
240 V AC 240 V AC 240 V AC 240 V AC

Order inform. Art. no. 129605 221841 136401 136402 132575 221842 132576 132577

Specifications QY50 QY68A QY80 QY80-TS QY81P QY82P

Output points 16 8 16 16 32 64
Transistor Transistor (sink/ Transistor Transistor Transistor Transistor
Output type (sink type) source type) (source type) (source type) (source type) (source type)
Rated output voltage 12/24 V DC 5–24 V DC 12/24 V DC 12/24 V DC 12/24 V DC 12/24 V DC

Order inform. Art. no. 132578 136403 127588 221843 129607 242366

Combined analog I/O module

With the analog input/output module Specifications Q64AD2DA

Q64AD2DA the user has a module that has both, Input points 4
four analog inputs and two analog outputs. voltageV -10–+10
Analog input
currentmA 0–+20
Accuracy ±0.4 % (0–55 °C), ±0.1 % (20–30 °C)
Output points 2
voltageV -10–+10
Analog output
currentmA 0–+20
Accuracy ±0.3 % (0–55 °C), ±0.1 % (20–30 °C)

Order information  Art. no. 229238

29
 MELSEC System Q

Q68CT
RUN ALM

ERR.
k
C
H l
1
C
k 1
H l
2 2
k
C
H l
3
3 4
k
C
H l
5
4
k
6
C
H l 7
5
k 8
C
H l 9
6
k 10
C
H l 11
7
k 12
C
H l 13
8
NC 14
NC 15
Q64AD/Q68AD-G Q62DA/Q66DA-G Q68CT
16
17
Q68CT
Analog input modules Analog output modules 18
Analog CT input module

Analog input modules

The analog input modules convert analog Specifications Q62AD-DGH Q64AD Q64ADH Q64AD-GH Q66AD-DG Q68AD-G Q68ADV Q68ADI ME1AD8HAI-Q
process signals, for example pressure, flow or Input points 2 4 4 4 6 8 8 8 8

4 fill level, linearly into digital values, which are

further processed by the Q CPU. Analog
input
voltageV
currentmA
—
4–20
-10–+10 -10–+10 -10–+10 —
0–20 0–20 0–20
-10–+10
0–20/4– 0–20
20
-10–+10 —
— 0–20
0–+4
0–20
The analog input modules Q62AD-DGH,
Q64ADGH, Q66AD-DG and Q68AD-G are ±0.4 % , ±0.2 %, ±0.4 % , ±0.4 % , ±0.15 %
Overall accuracy ±0.05 % ±0.1 % ±0.1 % ±0.05 % ±0.1 % ±0.1 %
Modular PLCs

±0.1 % ±0.1 %
designed for applications requiring high
­accuracy. Order inform.  Art. no. 145036 129615 251331 143542 204676 204675 129616 129617 229238
The functionality of a HART master station is
integrated in the ME1AD8HAI-Q.

Analog output modules

The analog output modules convert digi- Specifications Q62DAN Q62DA-FG Q64DAN Q66DA-G Q68DAVN Q68DAIN ME1DA6HAI-Q
tal ­values predetermined by the CPU into Output points 2 2 4 6 8 8 6
analog current or voltage signal. For example, -10 V DC– -10 V DC– -10 V DC– -12 V DC–
frequency inverters, valves or slide valves are +10 V DC +10 V DC +10 V DC +12 V DC -10 V DC– 0 mA– 0/4 mA–
Analog output
controlled by means of these signals. (0 mA– (0 mA– (0 mA– (0 mA– +10 V DC +20 mA DC +20 mA DC
+20 mA DC) +20 mA DC) +20 mA DC) +22 mA DC)
The analog output module Q66DA-G is espe- Overall accuracy ±0.1 % ±0.1 % ±0.1 % ±0.1 % ±0.1 % ±0.1 % 0.15 %
cially designed for applications requiring high
accuracy Order inform.  Art. no. 200689 145037 200690 204677 200691 200692 236649
The analog output modules Q62DAN, Q64DAN,
Q68DAVN and Q68DAIN isolate the analog out-
put channel from the external power supply.
The functionality of a HART master station is
integrated in the ME1DA6HAI-Q.

Analog CT input module

Up to eight current transformers can be con- Specifications Q68CT

nected directly to the analog CT input module Input points 8
Q68CT. External signal converters are not Analog input (via CT sensor) 5/50/100/200/400/600 A AC
required anymore. Overall accuracy ±0.5 %

Order inform.  Art. no. 145036

30
 MELSEC System Q

Q64RD
Analog module for ME1X16NA-Q Q62HLC
temperature measurement NAMUR input module Loop control module

Analog modules for temperature measurement

These modules are designed to convert external Specifications Q64RD Q64RD-G Q64TD Q64TDV-GH Q68RD3-G Q68TD-G-H01/H02
platinum temperature-measuring resistor input Input channels 4 4 4 4 8 8
values into16 or 32-bit signed binary tempera-
ture measurement values and scaling values. Connectable thermocouple
Temperature measuring range
type Pt100, JPt100 Pt100,
Ni100Ω
JPt100, K, E, J, T, B,
R, S, N
Depends on the thermocouple used
K, E, J, T, B,
R, S, N
Pt100, JPt100,
Ni100Ω K, E, J, T, B, R, S, N
4
Order information  Art. no. 137592 154749 137591 143544 216482 216481/221582

Modular PLCs
Temperature control modules

These modules enable PID algorithm tempera- Specifications Q64TCRTN Q64TCRTBWN Q64TCTTN Q64TCTTBWN
ture control without placing any load on the PLC Control output type Transistor Transistor Transistor Transistor
CPU for the temperature control tasks.
4 channels per module 4broken
channels per module/ 4 channels per module 4broken channels per module/
Inputs wire detection wire detection
Supported temperature sensors Pt100 (-200–+600 °C), JPt100 (-200–+500 °C) R, K, J, T, S, B, E, N, U, L, PL II, W5Re/W26Re

Order information  Art. no. 255456 255458 255455 255457

NAMUR input module

The ME1X16NA-Q is a digital input module for Specifications ME1X16NA-Q

connection of up to 16 NAMUR sensors. Number of NAMUR inputs 16
In contrast to an ordinary binary sensor with Sensor voltage V DC 8.2
only two states (ON and OFF), a NAMUR sensor (from internal power supply)
can indicate four states: ON, OFF, wire break and
Order information  Art. no. 257846
short circuit.

Load cell input module

The load cell input module Q61LD can connect Specifications Q61LD
load cells directly to MELSEC System Q program- Analog input points (load cell output) 1
mable controllers. External signal converters are Resolution 0–10 000
no longer required. Accuracy Nonlineality: within ±0.01 %/FS (Ambient temperature: 25 °C)

Order information  Art. no. 229237

Loop control module

The Q62HLC loop control module uses a con- Specifications Q62HLC

tinuous proportional PID control format, which Input points 2
features a sampling period of 25 ms for high- Thermocouple -200–+2300 °C, microvoltage -100–+100 mV,
accuracy, high-resolution thermocouple inputs, Analog input voltage -10–+10 V, current 0–20 mA
microvoltage inputs, voltage inputs, current Supported thermocouples K, J, T, S, R, N, E, B, PL II, W5re/W26Re
inputs, and current outputs.
Order information  Art. no. 200693

31
 MELSEC System Q

P1

P2

P3

P0

QJ71WS96 QE81WH4W FG
QE8WH4VT
Web server module Power measurement module Voltage converter

High-speed counter modules

These counter modules detect high frequency Specifications QD62 QD62E QD62D QD60P8-G QD63P6
signals which cannot be handled by normal Counter inputs 2 2 2 8 6

4 input modules. For example, simple position-

ing tasks or frequency measurements can be
realised.
Max. counting frequency
I/O type
kHz 200
sink
200
source
500
differential
30
—
200
—

Order information  Art. no. 132579 128949 132580 145038 213229

Modular PLCs

Web server module

The web server module QJ71WS96 enables the Specifications QJ71WS96

remote control monitoring of MELSEC System Q. Module type Web server, FTP server/client
Communications method Ethernet: CSMA/CD
Interfacetype 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX

Order information  Art. no. 147115

Power measurement modules

The power measurement modules QE81WH4W Specifications QE81WH4W QE83WH4W

and QE83WH4W detect the voltage and current No. of measuring circuits 1 3
consumption of loads and calculate the power of Current, voltage, frequency, current demand*, active power, active power demand*, power
the absorbed and emitted energy. Measured items factor, active energy (consumption, regenerative), reactive energy, energy consumption over
a specified time period

Order information  Art. no. 259456 259457

* “Demand” is the average movement within the specified time period.

Voltage converter

The voltage converter QE8WH4VT is required for Specifications QE8WH4VT

voltage input to a power measurement module Phase wire system 3-phase (4-wire)
Q81WH4W or QE83WH4W. Input voltage range 63.5/110 V to 277/480 V AC (cannot operate at less than 55/95 V AC)
Frequency 50/60 Hz

Order information  Art. no. 259458

MES interface module

The MELSEC System Q MES module allows users Specifications QJ71MES96

to interface their production control systems Module type MES interface module
directly to an MES database.
Communications method Ethernet
Interfacetype 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX

Order information  Art. no. 200698

32
 MELSEC System Q

QD81DL96 QD65PD2 QI60

High speed data logger module Multi-function counter/timer module Interrupt module

High speed data logger module

The high speed data logger module can log Specifications QD81DL96
programmable controller devices without using interface 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX

4
a personal computer. Ethernet
data transmission rate 10BASE-T: 10 Mbps; 100BASE-TX: 100 Mbps
Number of mountable 1
CompactFlash cards

Modular PLCs
Order information  Art. no. 221934

Multi-function counter/timer module

Due to its high-speed counter inputs, PWM Specifications QD65PD2

outputs for control DC drives and the integrated Counter inputs 2
cam switching function with 8 outputs, the Max. counting frequency DC input 200 kHz, differential input 8 MHz
QD65PD2 is well suited for high precision posi-
Counting range 32 bits + sign (binary), -2147483648–+2147483647
tioning tasks.
External digital input points 6
External digital output points 8

Order information  Art. no. 245113

Interrupt module and high-speed inputs

The interrupt module QI60 is suitable for appli- Specifications QI60 QX40H QX70H QX80H QX90H
cations demanding quick responses. Input points 16 16 16 16 16
Rated input voltage V DC 24 (sink type) 24 5 24 5

Order information  Art. no. 136395 221844 221855 221856 221857

Interface modules

This module enables communication with Specifications QJ71C24N QJ71C24N-R2 QJ71C24N-R4 QJ71MB91
peripheral devices via a standard RS232 interface. RS422/RS485
channel 1 RS232 (9-pin Sub-D) RS232 (9-pin Sub-D) RS232 (9-pin Sub-D)
The peripherals are connected point-to-point on (screw terminals)
Interface type
a 1:1 basis. RS422/RS485 RS422/RS485 RS422/RS485
channel 2 RS232 (9-pin Sub-D)
(screw terminals) (screw terminals) (screw terminals)

Order information  Art. no. 149500 149501 149502 167757

33
 MELSEC System Q

MELSEC Safety PLC

Even with increasing productivity, the safety of It is connected to safety devices like Emer- The actual machinery (conveyor belts, robots
humans operating machinery and manufactur- gency Stop switches and light curtains and has etc.) is still controlled by a conventional PLC.
ing facilities must still always have top priority. extensive diagnostics functions that enable it to
The MELSEC System QS PLC is specially designed reliably switch safety-critical outputs at the right
for managing safety systems. time to turn machines off in the event of danger.

Safety PLC Standard PLC

E-STOP switch Remote Safety I/O station Robot

4 Power shut-off for

hazards (robot etc.)
Machine controller systems
Safety controller systems
Modular PLCs

CC-Link Safety

The CC-Link Safety network eliminates the com-

plex wiring needed in conventional safety con- Engineering environment Safety power supply module CC-Link Safety system master module
troller systems. The remote Safety I/O stations
are connected to the CC-Link master module in
Safety main base unit
the Safety PLC using standard CC-Link cables. In
the event of communications errors power-
ful and effective error identification routines
automatically switch off the outputs of both the
Safety PLC and the remote Safety I/O stations.
CC-Link Safety is also compatible with CC-Link.
This means you can also use standard CC-Link Safety CPU module MELSECNET/H module
CC-Link Safety
I/O modules in a CC-Link Safety network for
those inputs and outputs that are not critical
for safety.

CC-Link Safety system remote I/O modules CC-Link remote I/O module

Type Safety Controller Components Art. no.

QS001CPU Safety PLC, 14 K steps program capacity 203205
QS034B-E Safety base unit, accommodates power supply unit, CPU and up to 4 modules 203206
QS061P-A1 Safety power supply unit, 100–120 V AC 203207
QS061P-A2 Safety power supply unit, 200–240 V AC 203208
QS0J61BT12 CC-Link Safety master module 203209
QS0J65BTB2-12DT Safety remote I/O module, 8 dual safety inputs + 4 dual safety outputs 203210
QS0J65BTS2-8D CC-Link Safety remote I/O module, 8 dual safety inputs 217625
QS0J65BTS2-4T CC-Link Safety remote I/O module, 4 dual safety outputs 217626
QS0J71GF11-T2 CC-Link Safety master module (local module) 245177

34
 MELSEC System Q

Safety relais

Safety relay modules are the ideal solution for

applications where you don’t need a separate CC-Link Connection Light curtain, E-STOP switch,
E-STOP switch safety door switch etc.
Safety PLC. These modules are installed together MELSEC System Q
with the standard MELSEC System Q compo-
nents on the same base unit, or in a CC-Link
Safety relay module Extended safety
network. This enables a normal PLC used as relay module
for CC-Link
a controller to also perform safety functions,
without the added cost of a separate safety
controller and without additional programming Motor, contactor, drive
and configuration. CC-Link

Q-bus Backplane Connection

MELSEC System Q MELSEC System Q

Safety relay module
Safety relay module for Q-bus

Safety relay module

for Q-bus
for Q-bus
4
Dedicated

Modular PLCs
extension cable
Extension modules
Erweiterungskabel can be connected

Specifications Module Type Art. no.

QS90SR2SP-CC P-Type, 1 safety input, 1 safety output 215801
For installation in a CC-Link station
QS90SR2SN-CC N-Type, 1 safety input, 1 safety output 215803
Safety relay modules
QS90SR2SP-Q P-Type, 1 safety input, 1 safety output 215799
For installation on a MELSEC System Q base unit
QS90SR2SN-Q N-Type, 1 safety input, 1 safety output 215800
QS90SR2SP-EX P-Type, 1 safety input, 1 safety output 215804
Extension modules Can be connected to safety relay modules
QS90SR2SN-EX N-Type, 1 safety input, 1 safety output 215805

MELSEC WS Safety Controller

The MELSEC WS Safety Controller provides a cost

effective way to add a safety controller capabil- Safety
E-STOP switch door switch
ity to individual machines, or smaller scale sys-
tems. Mitsubishi Electric is proud to announce
that the WS is a joint development with SICK Engineering
environment
AG of Germany, an acknowledged leader in the
global machine safety industry. Its compact size
insures easy placement in most control cabinets,
without adding extra cost. Configuration saves Safety
Light curtain
engineering time by using a graphical icon
based method, and program development and
RS232
certification is simplified by the use of safety or
function blocks. For more complex needs, the
WS is also scalable by simply adding additional
I/O modules. Finally, integration with conven- Safety controller
tional control systems is easily achieved with the
CC-Link open network connection or Ethernet.
GOT (coming soon)
Main power

Function Module Description Art. no.

WS0-CPU000200 Program memory: 255 function blocks 230057
CPU
WS0-CPU130202 Program memory: 255 function blocks; EFI (direct communication with SICK safety devices) 230058
Input module WS0-XTDI80202 8 safety inputs 230059
Input/output modul WS0-XTIO84202 8 safety inputs; 4 safety outputs 230060
Output module WS0-4RO4002 4 safety relay outputs 230064
WS0-GETH00200 Module for Ethernet communication 230063
Communication module
WS0-GCC100202 Module for CC-Link communication 235441
Memory WS0-MPL000201 Memory plug 230061
Programming cable WS0-C20R2 Serial programming cable 230062

35
 MELSEC L Series

MELSEC L Series – What a system looks like

Display module Integrated CC-Link

CPU (optional) Integrated I/Os network station*
Power supply module
I/O module
(optional)

End cover

Detachable screw
4 terminal block
Modular PLCs

Power input
terminals CC-Link interface
USB interface
Memory card slot (under the cover)

SD/SDH card Ethernet interface

* High-performance CPU only

System structure
The MELSEC L series is a powerful but compact MELSEC L series controllers are all-in-one pro- zz Built-in I/Os which are available via a 40-pin
modular controller with many features built-in grammable controllers that have the following high density connector supporting several
to the CPU itself. The rack-free design promotes functions built into the CPU module: I/O options
high system flexibility with minimum form zz High-speed data logging to the SD memory
factor. By connecting various types of modules, zz 2 channels of high-speed counters up to
200 kHz card
the system can be enhanced according to the
application. Up to 10 expansion modules can be zz Positioning possibilities for two axes, also up zz CC-Link Ver. 2 Master/Slave interface (in the
added per system configuration. As a baseless to 200 k pulses per second high-performance CPU)
structure is employed, the space of the control zz Full support in iQ Works and GX Works2
zz Built-in Ethernet communication
panel can be used effectively without being zz Modbus®/TCP functionality (Master/Slave)
limited by the size of the base.

What you need

CPU modules
The CPU modules are the heart of a MELSEC L series L02SCPU/ L02CPU/ L06CPU/ L26CPU/ L26CPU-BT/
Specifications
system and contain a diverse range of control L02SCPU-P L02CPU-P L06CPU-P L26CPU-P L26CPU-PBT
functions. Every CPU comes with 24 points of Number of I/O points 1024/8192* 1024/8192* 4096/8192* 4096/8192* 4096/8192*
built-in I/Os. Program size (no. of steps) 20 k 20 k 60 k 260 k 260 k

Order information Art. no. 263070/269668 238057/244976 263068/** 263069/** 238056/244977

* number of points available on a program ** on request
Model name with “P”: source type digital output, model name without “P”: sink type digital output.

36
 MELSEC L Series

L61P LX40C6/LY10R2 L60AD4/L60DA4

Power supply module Digital I/O modules Analog I/O modules

Power supply modules

This provides 5 V DC power for all modules on Specifications L61P L63P

the back plane. There are two types of power Input voltage 100–240 V AC 24 V DC
supplies available, the selection is dependent on
the available supply voltage.
Rated output current (5 V DC)

Order information
A 5

Art. no. 238063

5

238064
4

Modular PLCs
Digital I/O modules

There is a wide selection of digital input and Digital input modules

output modules depending on the signal level, Specifications LX40C6 LX10 LX41C4 LX28 LX42C4
sink or source designation and density of points Number of input points 16 16 32 8 64
required. Modules are available in 16 point input
100–120 V AC, 100–240 V AC,
or output with screw terminals mounted on Rated input voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC
50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
the module, higher densities of 32 and 64 point
require a connector, cable and terminal block. Order information Art. no. 238085 255566 238086 255567 238087

Digital output modules

Specifications LY10R2 LY18R2A LY28S1A LY20S6
Number of output points 16 8 8 16
Output type Relay Relay Triac Triac

Order information Art. no. 238088 279074 279075 255568

Specifications LY40NT5P LY41NT1P LY42NT1P LY40PT5P LY41PT1P LY42PT1P

Number of output points 16 32 64 16 32 64
Transistor Transistor Transistor Transistor Transistor Transistor
Output type (sink type) (sink type) (sink type) (source type) (source type) (source type)

Order information Art. no. 242167 238089 238090 242168 242169 242170

Analog I/O modules

The analog input module converts analog Analog input modules

process signals, for example pressure, flow or Specifications L60AD4 L60AD4-2GH L60ADVL8 L60ADIL8
fill level, linearly into digital values, which are Input points 4 4 8 8
further processed by the MELSEC L series CPU.
-20480–20479 -32000–32000 -16384–16383 -8192–8191
Digital output
The analog output module converts digital (-32768–32767)* (-32768–32767)* (-32768–32767)* (-32768–32767)*
values predetermined by the CPU into analog voltage input 200 µV 125 µV 500 µV —
Max. resolution
current or voltage signal. current input 800 nA 500 nA — 2000 nA
Overall accuracy ±0.1 % ±0.05 % ±0.2 % ±0.2 %
Conversion speed 20 µs/channel 40 µs/2 channels 1 ms/channel 1 ms/channel

Order information Art. no. 238091 263071 279071 279065

Analog output modules

Specifications L60DA4
Output points 4
Digital input -20480–20479 (-32768–32767)*
voltage input 200 µV
Max. resolution
current input 700 nA
Overall accuracy ±0.1 %
Conversion speed 20 µs/channel

Order information Art. no. 238092

* Value in brackets when using the scaling function

37
 MELSEC L Series

ME1IOL6-L

24VDC
1,7A

L60TCTT4 ME1IOL6-L LD62

Temperature control module I/O-Link module High-speed counter module

Analog input module for voltages, currents and temperatures

The multiple input module L60MD4-G can Specifications L60MD40-G

measure voltages, currents and temperatures. Input points 4

4 An input type can be selected for each channel

independently.
voltage
current
-10–10 V DC
0–20 mA DC
Input
range microvoltage -100–100 mV DC
Modular PLCs

thermocouple K, J, T, E, N, R, S, B, U, L, PLII, W5Re/W26Re

resistance thermometer Pt1000, Pt100, JPt100, Pt50
Conversion time 50 ms/channel

Order information Art. no. 245825

Temperature control modules

These modules apply the independent control Specifications L60TCTT4 L60TCRT4 L60TCTT4BW * L60TCRT4BW *
of temperatures. This relieves the CPU of the Inputs 4 channels per module 4 channels per module 4 channels per module 4 channels per module
PLC. Pt100 resistance Pt100 resistance
Supported temperature sensors Thermocouple Thermocouple
thermometer thermometer

Order information Art. no. 246347 246348 246349 246350

* Heating current monitoring to detect a defective or disconnected heater.

I/O-Link module

I/O-Link is an extension of conventional digital Specifications ME1IOL6-L

inputs and outputs and allows the connection of No. of channels 6
intelligent sensors and actuators to a PLC.
Channel configuration I/O-Link, digital output, digital input, disabled

Order information Art. no. 245825

High-speed counter modules

The counter modules detect high-frequency Specifications LD62 LD62D

signals, which cannot be handled by normal Counter inputs (channels) 2 2
input modules. phase 1-phase input (multiple of 1/2), CW/CCW, 2-phase input (multiple of 1/2/4)
Count input signal
signal level 5/12/24 V DC (2–5 mA) EIA standard RS422A differential type line driver
Max. counting frequency kHz 200 500

Order information Art. no. 238097 238098

38
 MELSEC L Series

/(;%

287

LJ71C24 L6ADP-R2 L6EXB

Interface module Serial communications adapter Branch module

Interface modules

These modules enable communication with Specifications LJ71C24 LJ71C24-R2

peripheral devices via a standard serial interface. channel 1 RS232-compliance (D-Sub 9P female) RS232-compliance (D-Sub 9P female)
Interface type

Order information 
channel 2 RS422/485-compliance (2-piece terminal block)

Art. no. 238093

RS232-compliance (D-Sub 9P female)

238094
4

Modular PLCs
Serial communications adapter

The L6ADP-R2 provides a RS232 interface for Specifications L6ADP-R2

serial communication with the MELSEC L series Application Serial connection, e.g. GT10 Terminals
PLC.
Order information  Art. no. 238059

Branch/extension module

Extension for MELSEC L series PLC Specifications L6EXB [Branch module] L6EXE [Extension module]
With a L6EXB branch module, which is con- Internal power consumption (5 V DC) A 0.08 0.08
nected to the CPU, and with up to two (L02CPU,
Order information  Art. no. 247227 247226
L02CP-P) or up to three extension modules
(­L26CPU-BT, L26CPUPBT), a PLC can be extended
to max. 30/40 modules.

39
 For detailed
information,
please refer
to the family
catalogues.

Compact PLCs

FX family
Micro PLCs have opened up the world of oppor- Depending on your application and control FX3U), extensive built-in functions and network
tunities in Industrial Automation due to their needs, you can choose from the small, attrac- support (build-in Ethernet and RS485 interface,
small size and low cost. Now many applications tively priced, “stand-alone” FX3S series or the build in analog inputs/output).
that were never previously considered can more powerful FX3G, FX3GC, FX3GE, FX3U, All FX series PLCs can be expanded to adapt
benefit – from barriers to security systems and a FX3UC, FX5U and FX5UC series. them to the changing needs of your installations
host of others. The FX family is the world’s best The MELSEC iQ-F includes the FX5U and the and applications.
selling cost-effective ‘brick’ type PLCs, consisting FX5UC series. Designed on the concepts of
of eight independent but compatible product Network integration is also supported, making it
outstanding performance, superior drive control possible for your FX controllers to communicate
ranges. and user centric programming, the iQ-F reaches with other PLCs, controllers and HMIs.
to new areas of application with a high-speed
system bus (approx. 150-times faster than

Equipment features
Communications modules Digital input/output modules

5 Interface modules with RS232/

RS422/RS485 or USB for the con-
For a variety of signal levels with relay
or transistor switches.
nection of peripherals and PLC–
PLC links.
Compact PLCs

Network modules for Ethernet,

Profibus DP, CC-Link, DeviceNet™,
CANopen, Ethernet, Modbus®/RTU/
ASCII and for the configuration
of proprietary Mitsubishi Electric
networks.

Analog input/output modules

Positioning modules
For processing current/voltage signals
High-speed counter modules with and temperature registration with a direct
support for the connection of connection option for Pt100, Pt1000 and
incremental rotary transducers and Ni1000 resistance thermometers and
­positioning modules for servo and thermocouplers.
stepping motor drives.

Expandability and power No. of inputs/outputs

Program steps
The MELSEC FX family is highly flexible, enabling The capacity of the CPUs of the FX family can be
fast and efficient configuration and program- expanded with memory cassettes. Cycle time (µs)
ming for the application at hand. The diagram highlights the capabilities of each
FX5U/FX5UC
It is the ideal choice, no matter whether you FX PLC type. FX3S FX3G/FX3GC/FX3GE
FX3U/FX3UC

need to install a simple control application

requiring up to 30 I/Os (FX3S) or a demanding,
complex system with up to 384 I/O points for
FX3U/FX3UC and up to 512 I/O points for FX5U/
FX5UC.

FX3U/FX3UC FX5U/FX5UC
FX3S FX3G/FX3GC/FX3GE

Micro controllers ALPHA series

ALPHA fills the gap between traditional relays The ALPHA can be expanded to provide a small The ALPHA2 can process up to 200 function
and timers and a PLC. Offering functionality, increase in I/O, analogue output, temperature blocks in a single program, and every single
reliability and flexibility but without the worry of input or networking capability. function (timers, counters, analog signal
cost of overheads. ALPHA is the perfect mainte- processing, calendar, clock etc.) can be used as
nance product, and yet can adequately control a many times as you need in all your programs.
new process from the start.

40
 Compact PLCs

What components are required for a FX PLC system?

A basic FX PLC system can consist of a stand­ Extension boards Special function modules
alone base unit, with the functionality and I/O
Except for the FX3GC and FX3UC series, exten- A wide variety of special function modules are
range increased by adding extension I/O and
sion adapter boards can be installed directly into available for the FX3G, FX3GC, FX3GE, FX3U,
special function modules. The following section
the base unit and therefore do not require any FX3UC, FX5U and FX5UC PLCs. They cover
provides an overview of options available.
additional installation space. For a small number networking functionality, analog control, high
of I/O (2 to 4) an extension adapter boards can speed input, pulse train outputs, data logging
Base units be installed directly into the FX3S, FX3G, FX3GE, function and temperature inputs.
The entire FX PLC range can be AC or DC pow- FX3U or FX5U controller. Interface adapter
ered with a mix of input and output styles. The boards can also provide the FX PLC with addi- Memory extension and operator terminals
PLCs can be programmed with the user friendly tional RS232, RS422, RS485 or USB interfaces.
For the connection of ADP modules, such as an Each FX family base unit (except FX3GC/FX5UC)
GX Works2/GX Works2 FX (FX3 PLCs) and
Ethernet communication module, a converter can be equipped with a memory cassette. The
GX Works3 (FX5 PLCs) programming software,
adapter is required for some base units. programming unit interface enables the con-
allowing programs to be transferred between
nection of programming tools like PC and hand
different FX PLCs. All PLC base units include an
held programming units as well as graphical
integrated real time clock. Extension I/O modules
operator terminals.
Base units are available with different I/O Unpowered and powered extension I/O mod-
configurations from 10 to 128 points but can be ules can be added to the FX3G, FX3GC, FX3GE,
expanded to 512 points depending upon the FX FX3U, FX3UC, FX5U and FX5UC PLCs.
range selected.
For expansion modules powered by the
base unit, the power consumption has to be
calculated as the 5 V DC bus can only support
5
a limited number of expansion I/O (for further

Compact PLCs
details please refer to next page – calculation of
the power consumption).

Expansion possibilities ALPHA2 FX3S FX3G FX3GC FX3GE FX3U FX3UC FX5U FX5UC
Digital P P P — — P P — —
Extensions for inside PLC Analog
installation P P P — P P P — —
Communication — P P — P P P P P
Extension modules Digital — — P P P P P P P
(installation outside Analog — — P P P P P P P
the PLC) Temperature P — P P P P P P P
Ethernet — P P P —1 P P —1 —1
CC-Link — — P P P P P P P
CANopen — — P P P P P — —
Profibus DP — — P P P P P — —
Network modules
DeviceNet — — P P P P P — —
Modbus RTU/ASCII — — P P P P P P P
SSCNET — — — — — P P P P
J1939 — — P P P P P — —
RS232 P P P — P P — P —
RS422 — P P — P P — P —
Communications boards
RS485 — P P — P P — P —
USB — — — — — P — — —
RS232 — P P P P P P P P
Communications modules
RS485 — P P P P P P P P
Dedicated function High speed counter — — — — — P P — —
modules Positioning — — — — — P P — —
Memory cassettes P P P — P P P —2 —2
External display — P P — P P — — —
1 Base unit has built-in Ethernet interface
2 No memory cassettes will be used for FX5. SD card is available

41
 Compact PLCs

FX5U/FX5UC series

The FX5U/FX5UC series CPU modules feature Special features of the FX5UC series:
outstanding performance and superior drive
zz Compact size
control.
zz Compact extension modules contribute to
zz Extensive built-in functions system downsizing
zz Built-in analog inputs/output (FX5U only) zz Connection of FX5 and FX3 expansion mod-
zz Built-in SD Card slot ules possible
zz Built-in RS485 port (with Modbus® function)
zz Built-in Ethernet port
zz Advanced security functions
zz Battery-less and maintenance free
zz Built-in positioning (200 kpps, 4-axis)

FX5U base units with 32–80 I/Os

5 Specifications
Integrated inputs/outputs
FX5U-32
MR/ES
32
FX5U-64
MR/ES
64
FX5U-80
MR/ES
80
Power supply 100–240 V AC 100–240 V AC 100–240 V AC
Compact PLCs

Integrated inputs 16 32 40
Integrated outputs 16 32 40
Output type Relay Relay Relay

Order information  Art. no. 280489 280492 280495

FX5U-32 FX5U-64 FX5U-80

Specifications MT/ES MT/ES MT/ES
Integrated inputs/outputs 32 64 80
Power supply 100–240 V AC 100–240 V AC 100–240 V AC
Integrated inputs 16 32 40
Integrated outputs 16 32 40
Output type Transistor (sink type) Transistor (sink type) Transistor (sink type)

Order information  Art. no. 280490 280493 280496

FX5U-32 FX5U-64 FX5U-80

Specifications MT/ESS MT/ESS MT/ESS
Integrated inputs/outputs 32 64 80
Power supply 100–240 V AC 100–240 V AC 100–240 V AC
Integrated inputs 16 32 40
Integrated outputs 16 32 40
Output type Transistor (source type) Transistor (source type) Transistor (source type)

Order information  Art. no. 280491 280494 280497

FX5UC base units with 32 I/Os

FX5UC-32 FX5UC-32
Specifications MT/D MT/DSS
Integrated inputs/outputs 32 32
Power supply 24 V DC 24 V DC
Integrated inputs 16 8
Integrated outputs 16 8
Output type Transistor (sink type) Transistor (source type)

Order information  Art. no. 283529 283530

42
 Compact PLCs

FX3U/FX3UC series

The FX3U/FX3UC series base units are available zz Expandable with digital I/O modules, special
in different versions and feature the following function modules and ADP modules
functions: zz User-friendly programming systems, includ-
zz Integrated serial interface for communication ing IEC 61131-3 (EN 61131-3) compatible
between PCs and HMI programming software, HMIs and hand-held
programming units
zz Integrated positioning control
zz Exchangeable interface modules for direct Special features of the FX3UC series:
mounting into a base unit
zz Very compact dimensions
zz LEDs for indicating the input and output
status zz Adapter modules and system cabling sets
available for units with ribbon cable con-
zz Slot for memory cassettes (only FX3U)
nectors
zz Integrated real-time clock

FX3U base units with 16–128 I/Os

Specifications
Integrated inputs/outputs
FX3U-16
MR/ES
16
FX3U-32
MR/ES
32
FX3U-32
MS/ES
32
FX3U-48
MR/ES
48
FX3U-64
MR/ES
64
FX3U-64
MS/ES
32
FX3U-80
MR/ES
80
FX3U-128
MR/ES
128
5
Power supply 100–240 V AC 100–240 V AC 100–240 V AC 100–240 V AC 100–240 V AC 100–240 V AC 100–240 V AC 100–240 V AC

Compact PLCs
Integrated inputs 8 16 16 24 32 32 40 64
Integrated outputs 8 16 16 24 32 32 40 64
Output type Relay Relay Triac Relay Relay Triac Relay Relay

Order information  Art. no. 231486 231487 237263 231488 231489 237264 231490 231491

FX3U-16 FX3U-32 FX3U-48 FX3U-64 FX3U-80 FX3U-128

Specifications MT/ESS MT/ESS MT/ESS MT/ESS MT/ESS MT/ESS
Integrated inputs/outputs 16 32 48 64 80 128
Power supply 100–240 V AC 100–240 V AC 100–240 V AC 100–240 V AC 100–240 V AC 100–240 V AC
Integrated inputs 8 16 24 32 40 64
Integrated outputs 8 16 24 32 40 64
Output type Transistor (source type)* Transistor (source type)* Transistor (source type)* Transistor (source type)* Transistor (source type)* Transistor (source type)*

Order information  Art. no. 231492 231493 231494 231495 231496 231497

FX3U-16 FX3U-32 FX3U-48 FX3U-64 FX3U-80

Specifications MR/DS MR/DS MR/DS MR/DS MR/DS
Integrated inputs/outputs 16 32 48 64 80
Power supply 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC
Integrated inputs 8 16 24 32 40
Integrated outputs 8 16 24 32 40
Output type Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay

Order information  Art. no. 231498 231499 231500 231501 231502

FX3U-16 FX3U-32 FX3U-48 FX3U-64 FX3U-80

Specifications MT/DSS MT/DSS MT/DSS MT/DSS MT/DSS
Integrated inputs/outputs 16 32 48 64 80
Power supply 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC
Integrated inputs 8 16 24 32 40
Integrated outputs 8 16 24 32 40
Output type Transistor (source type)* Transistor (source type)* Transistor (source type)* Transistor (source type)* Transistor (source type)*

Order information  Art. no. 231503 231504 231505 231506 231507

* Units with sink type transistor outputs on request.

FX3UC base units with 16–96 I/Os

FX3UC-16 FX3UC-16 FX3UC-16 FX3UC-32 FX3UC-64 FX3UC-96
Specifications MT/DSS MR/D-T MR/DS-T MT/DSS MT/DSS MT/DSS
Integrated inputs/outputs 16 16 16 32 64 96
Power supply 24 V DC (+20 %, -15 %) 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC (+20 %, -15 %) 24 V DC (+20 %, -15 %) 24 V DC (+20 %, -15 %)
Integrated inputs 8 8 8 16 32 48
Integrated outputs 8 8 8 16 32 48
Output type Transistor (source type)* Relay Relay Transistor (source type)* Transistor (source type)* Transistor (source type)*

Order information  Art. no. 231508 237305 237306 231509 231510 231511
* Units with sink type transistor outputs on request.

43
 Compact PLCs

FX3G/FX3GE/FX3GC series

$1$/2*
,1387 9,
9 , 9 , ; ; ; ; ;
; ; ;
; ;

 
     
 
     
 
     

0
6'5'
(55
23(1

 
     
 
     

< <
%$6(7%$6(7; <
< <
/27
; ; 

9 , 9,
$1$/2*
287387

The FX3G/FX3GE/FX3GC series base units are zz Integrated real-time clock Special features of the FX3GE series:
available in different versions and feature the zz Integrated positioning control zz Integrated analog input (2ch)
following functions:
zz Exchangeable interface and extension adapt- zz Integrated analog output (1ch)
zz Integrated USB interface for communication ers for direct mounting into a base unit*
zz Integrated Ethernet interface
between PLCs and PC zz Expandable with digital I/O modules, special
5 zz Integrated serial interface for communication
between PCs and HMI
function modules and ADP modules
zz User-friendly programming systems, includ-
Special features of the FX3GC series:
zz Connection of inputs and outputs via con-
zz LEDs for indicating the input and output ing IEC 61131-3 (EN 61131-3) compatible
nectors.
Compact PLCs

status programming software, HMIs and hand-held

zz Detachable terminal blocks for all units programming units
zz Slot for memory cassettes* * (only FX3G and FX3GE)

FX3G base units with 14–60 I/Os

FX3G-14 FX3G-14 FX3G-14 FX3G-14 FX3G-24 FX3G-24 FX3G-24 FX3G-24
Specifications MR/ES MT/ESS MR/DS MT/DSS MR/ES MT/ESS MR/DS MT/DSS
Integrated inputs/outputs 14 14 14 14 24 24 24 24
Power supply 100–240 V AC 100–240 V AC 24 V DC 24 V DC 100–240 V AC 100–240 V AC 24 V DC 24 V DC
Integrated inputs 8 8 8 8 14 14 14 14
Integrated outputs 6 6 6 6 10 10 10 10
Transistor Transistor Transistor Transistor
Output type Relay Relay Relay Relay
(source type)* (source type)* (source type)* (source type)*

Order information  Art. no. 231466 231470 231474 231478 231467 231471 231475 231479

FX3G-40 FX3G-40 FX3G-40 FX3G-40 FX3G-60 FX3G-60 FX3G-60 FX3G-60

Specifications MR/ES MT/ESS MR/DS MT/DSS MR/ES MT/ESS MR/DS MT/DSS
Integrated inputs/outputs 40 40 40 40 60 60 60 60
Power supply 100–240 V AC 100–240 V AC 24 V DC 24 V DC 100–240 V AC 100–240 V AC 24 V DC 24 V DC
Integrated inputs 24 24 24 24 36 36 36 36
Integrated outputs 16 16 16 16 24 24 24 24
Transistor Transistor Transistor Transistor
Output type Relay Relay Relay Relay
(source type)* (source type)* (source type)* (source type)*

Order information  Art. no. 231468 231472 231476 231480 231469 231473 231477 231481
* Units with sink type transistor outputs on request.

FX3GE base units with 24/40 I/Os FX3GC base units with 32 I/Os
Specifications FX3GE-24MR/ES FX3GE-40MR/ES Specifications FX3GC-32 MT/D FX3GC-32 MT/DSS
Integrated inputs/outputs 24 40 Integrated inputs/outputs 32 32
Power supply 100–240 V AC 100–240 V AC Power supply 24 V DC 24 V DC
Integrated inputs 14 24 Integrated inputs 16 16
Integrated outputs 10 16 Integrated outputs 16 16
Output type Relay Relay Output type Transistor (sink type) Transistor (source type)

Order information Art. no. 264869 264870 Order information Art. no. 251545 251546

44
 Compact PLCs

FX3S series

The FX3S series base units are available with zz FX3S-30MT/ESS-2AD and FX3S-30MR/ES-2AD
10 to 30 input/output points. with two integrated analog inputs (0–10 V DC)
It is possible to choose between relay and tran- zz System upgrades by exchangeable interface
sistor output type. and I/O adapter boards for direct fitting into
the base unit
zz Integrated power supply (AC or DC powered)
zz LEDs for indicating the input and output
zz Maintenance-free EEPROM memory status
zz Ample memory capacity (4000 steps) and zz Standard programming unit interface
device ranges
zz User-friendly programming systems, includ-
zz High-speed operations ing IEC 61131-3 (EN 61131-3)-compatible
zz Incorporated positioning control programming software, HMIs and hand-held
zz Integrated real-time clock programming units

FX3S base units with 10–30 I/Os

Specifications FX3S-10 FX3S-10 FX3S-10 FX3S-10 FX3S-14 FX3S-14 FX3S-14 FX3S-14 FX3S-20 FX3S-20
5
MR/ES MR/DS MT/ESS MT/DSS MR/ES MR/DS MT/ESS MT/DSS MR/ES MR/DS
Integrated inputs/outputs 10 10 10 10 14 14 14 14 20 20

Compact PLCs
Power supply 100–240 V AC 24 V DC 100–240 V AC 24 V DC 100–240 V AC 24 V DC 100–240 V AC 24 V DC 100–240 V AC 24 V DC
Integrated inputs 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 12 12
Integrated outputs 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 8 8
Transistor Transistor Transistor Transistor
Output type Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay Relay
(source type) (source type) (source type) (source type)

Order information  Art. no. 267110 271687 267112 271695 267113 271688 267125 271696 267126 271689

FX3S-20 FX3S-20 FX3S-30 FX3S-30 FX3S-30 FX3S-30 FX3S-30 FX3S-30 FX3S-30

Specifications MT/ESS MT/DSS MR/ES MR/DS MR/ES-2AD MT/ES-2AD MT/ESS MT/ESS-2AD MT/DSS
Integrated inputs/outputs 20 20 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
Power supply 100–240 V AC 24 V DC 100–240 V AC 24 V DC 100–240 V AC 100–240 V AC 100–240 V AC 100–240 V AC 24 V DC
Integrated inputs 12 12 16 16 16 16 16 16 16
Integrated outputs 8 8 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
Transistor Transistor Transistor Transistor Transistor Transistor
Output type Relay Relay Relay
(source type) (source type) (sink type) (source type) (source type) (source type)

Order information  Art. no. 267128 271697 267129 271690 271654 271685 267131 271686 271698

45
 Compact PLCs

Expandability and functionality

Additional special function and expansion mod- zz Modules that occupy digital I/Os (connected zz Internal adapter boards for the FX3S, FX3G,
ules are available that make it possible to extend on the right hand side of the base unit). These FX3GE, FX3U and the FX5U series. These
the capacity of the PLC system. There are three are the digital unpowered and powered expansion units are installed directly in the
basic categories of modules: extension units, as well as the special function base unit and do not occupy any digital I/O.
modules. Note: To connect special function modules or extension units of the FX0N/
zz Communication and adapter modules that FX2N/FX3U series to an FX3UC series base unit, an adapter FX2NC-CNV-IF or
the power supply FX3UC-1PS-5V is required.
are connected to the left hand side of the When connecting a special function module of the FX3U series to a
base unit, for example FX3U-4AD-ADP and FX5U/FX5UC base unit the communications adapter FX5U-CNV-BUS resp.
FX2NC-485ADP. ­FX5U-CNV-BUSC is required.

Expansion modules for the FX3/FX5 series

5
Compact PLCs

Powered expansion I/O

Unpowered Powered expansion I/O Unpowered

­expansion I/O expansion I/O

Various unpowered and powered extension The unpowered units contain 16 or 32 digital The powered extension units contain a larger
units (FX3UC/FX5UC unpowered only) are avail- inputs/outputs max. and do not need a separate number of inputs/outputs and an integrated
able for extending the base units. power supply, since they are powered via the power supply unit, to power the system bus and
system bus. the digital inputs.

46
 Compact PLCs

Expansion modules for the FX3 series

POWERED UNPOWERED
Specifications FX2N-32 FX2N-48 FX2N-8 FX2N-8 FX2N-8 FX2N-8 FX2N-16 FX2N-16 FX2N-16
ER-ES/UL ER-ES/UL ER-ES/UL EX-ES/UL EYR-ES/UL EYT-ESS/UL EX-ES/UL EYR-ES/UL EYT-ESS/UL
Integrated inputs/outputs 32 48 8 8 8 8 16 16 16
Application FX3G and FX3U/FX3UC series base units
Power supply  AC range (+10 %, -15 %) 100–240 V 100–240 V All modular extension blocks are supplied by the base unit.
Integrated inputs 16 24 4 8 — — 16 — —
Integrated outputs 16 24 4 — 8 8 — 16 16
Transistor Transistor
Output type Relay Relay Relay — Relay — Relay
(source)** (source)**

Order information Art. no. 65568 65571 166285 166284 166286 166287 65776 65580 65581
* This limitation applies only per reference terminal for each group. Please observe the terminal assignments for the group identification. ** Units with sink type transistor outputs on request.

FX2NC-16 FX2NC-16 FX2NC-16 FX2NC-16 FX2NC-32 FX2NC-32

Specifications EX-T-DS EYR-T-DS EX-DS EYT-DSS EX-DS EYT-DSS
Integrated inputs/outputs 16 16 16 16 32 32
Application All FX3UC series base units
Power supply All modular extension units are supplied by the base unit.
Integrated inputs
Integrated outputs
16
—
—
16
16
—
—
16
32
—
—
32 5
Output type — Relay — Transistor (source)** — Transistor (source)**

Compact PLCs
Order information Art. no. 128152 128153 104503 104504 104505 104506
1 for Y0 and Y1 = 0.3 A; all others 0.1 A 2 7.2 W for Y0 to Y3; all others 2.4 W 3 0.9 W for Y0 to Y3; all others 0.3 W
* This limitation applies only per reference terminal for each group. Please observe the terminal assignments for the group identification. ** Units with sink type transistor outputs on request.

Expansion modules for the FX5 series

POWERED UNPOWERED
Specifications FX5-32 FX5-32 FX5-8 FX5-8 FX5-8 FX5-16 FX5-16 FX5-16
ER-ES ET/ESS EX/ES EYR/ES EYT/ESS EX/ES EYR/ES EYT/ESS
Integrated inputs/outputs 32 32 8 8 8 16 16 16
Application FX5U CPU modules
Power supply AC range (+10 %, -15 %) 100–240 V 100–240 V All unpowered I/O modules are supplied by the CPU module.
Integrated inputs 16 16 8 — — 16 — —
Integrated outputs 16 16 — 8 8 — 16 16
Transistor Transistor Transistor
Output type Relay — Relay — Relay
(source type) (source type) (source type)

Order information  Art. no. 280506 280508 280498 280499 280501 280505 280502 280504

FX5-C32 FX5-C32 FX5-C32 FX5-C32

Specifications EX/D EX/DS EYT/DSS ET/DSS
Integrated inputs/outputs 32 32 32 32
Application FX5UC CPU modules
Power supply All unpowered I/O modules are supplied by the CPU module.
Integrated inputs 32* 32** — 16**
Integrated outputs — — 32 16
Transistor Transistor
Output type — — (source type) (source type)

Order information  Art. no. 283531 283532 283556 283534

* Sink inputs ** Sink/source inputs

47
 Compact PLCs

FX2N-2DA/ FX2N-5A
FX2N-2AD Combined analog FX3U-4DA-ADP
Analog I/O module I/O module Analog I/O adapter

Analog output modules

The analog output modules provide the user Specifications FX2N-2DA FX2N-4DA FX3U-4DA*
with 2 to 4 analog outputs. The modules convert Analog outputs 2 4 4
digital values from a controller of the FX series 0–+10 V DC/ -10–+10 V DC/ -10–+10 V DC/
to the analog signals required by the process. Analog output range 0–+5 V DC/ 0–+20 mA/ 0–+20 mA/
4–+20 mA 4–+20 mA 4–+20 mA
voltage 2.5 mV (12 bit) 5 mV (10 bit) 0.32 mV (16 bit + sign)
Resolution
current 4 µA (12 bit) 20 µA (11 bit + sign) 0.63 µA (15 bit)

5 Fullscale overall accuracy

Order information 
±1 %

Art. no. 102868

±1 %

65586
±0.3–0.5 % **

169509
* for FX3G/FX3U/FX3UC only ** Dependent on the ambient temperature
Compact PLCs

Analog input modules

The analog input modules provide the user FX3U-4AD/

Specifications FX2N-2AD FX2N-4AD FX2N-8AD
with 2 to 8 analog inputs. The module converts FX3UC-4AD*
analog process signals into digital values which Analog inputs 2 4 4 8
are further processed by a controller of the 0–+10 V DC/0– -10–+10 V DC/-20– -10–+10 V DC/-20– -10–+10 V DC/-20–
Analog input range
MELSEC FX series. +5 V DC/0/4–+20 mA +20 mA/4–+20 mA +20 mA/4–+20 mA +20 mA/4–+20 mA
voltage 2.5 mV, 1.25 mV, 5 mV (11 bit + sign) 0.32 mV (15 bit + sign) 0.63 mV (14 bit + sign)
Resolution
current 4 µA (12 bit) 20 µA (10 bit + sign) 1.25 µA (14 bit + sign) 2.5 µA (13 bit + sign)
Fullscale overall accuracy ±1 % ±1 % ±0.3–1 % ±0.3–0.5 % **

Order information  Art. no. 102869 65585 169508/210090 129195

* for FX3G/FX3U/FX3UC only ** Dependent on the ambient temperature

Combined analog I/O modules

The analog input/output modules are available Specifications FX2N-5A FX3U-3A-ADP

in two different models. They provide the user inputs 4 2
with 2 or 4 analog inputs and 1 analog output. Analog channels
outputs 1 1
They serve for conversion of analog process -10–+10 V (15 bit + sign),
signals into digital values, and vice versa. Resolution voltage 0–+10 V (2.5 mV/12 bit)
-100–+100 mV (11 bit + sign)
(input)
current -20–+20 mA (14 bit + sign), 0/4–+20 mA (14 bit) 4–+20 mA (5 µA/12 bit)
Resolution voltage -10–+10 V (12 bit) 0–+10 V (2.5 mV/12 bit)
(output) current 0/4–+20 mA (10 bit) 4–+20 mA (4 µA/12 bit)

Order information  Art. no. 153740 221549

Analog I/O adapters

The FX3U-4AD-ADP adapter module adds four Specifications FX3U-4AD-ADP 1 FX5U-4AD-ADP FX3U-4DA-ADP 1 FX5U-4DA-ADP
analog input points to the FX3G or FX3U/FX3UC inputs 4 4 — —
PLC system. Analog channels
outputs — — 4 4
0–+10 V DC, 4–+20 mA -10–10 V DC, 0–+10 V DC, 4–+20 mA -10–10
The FX3U-4DA-ADP adapter module provides V DC,
Analog range -20–+20 mA -20–+20 mA
four analog outputs.
2.5 mV/10 µA 312.5 µV/1.25 µA
By adding a FX5U-4AD-ADP or ­FX5U-4DA-AD, Resolution 2.5 mV/4 µA (12 bit) 312.5 µV/1 µA (14 bit)
(12 bit/11 bit) (14 bit)
a PLC of the FX5U or FX5UC series can be Overall accuracy ±0.5 %*/±1 % ±0.1 %*/±1 % ±0.5 %*/±1 % ±0.1 %*/±1 %
expanded with four analog inputs or four analog
Order information  Art. no. 165241 283559 165271 283560
outputs respectively.
*Dependent on the ambient temperature and signal quality
1 Note: when connecting these adapter modules to a FX3U, a communications adapter FX3U-mmm-BD is required.
When connecting an adapter to a FX3G PLC the communications adapter FX3G-CNV-ADP is required.

48
 Compact PLCs

FX3U-4AD-TC-ADP/
FX2N-4AD-TC FX3U-4AD-PT-ADP FX3U-4LC
Analog temperature Analog temperature Temperature
input module input adapter control module

Analog temperature input modules

The analog input module for thermocouples Specifications FX2N-4AD-TC FX2N-4AD-PT

FX2N-4AD-TC is used for processing temperatures. Analog inputs 4 (J or K type) 4 (Pt100 sensors)
It has 4 independent inputs for detecting signals Compensated
from thermocouples of types J and K. °C -100–+600 (J type)/ -100–+600
temperature range -100–+1200 (K type)
The analog input module for Pt100 inputs -1000–+6000 (J type)/ -1000–6000
Digital outputs -1000–+12000 (K type) (12 bit conversion)
FX2N-4AD-PT permits the connection of four
Resolution 0.3 (J type)/0.4 (K type) 0.2–0.3 °C
Pt100 sensors to an FX series controller.
The temperature control module FX2N-2LC is
used to read and process temperature signals
Order information Art. no. 65588 65587 5
from thermocouples and Pt100 sensors.

Compact PLCs
Analog temperature input adapters

The analog input adapter for thermocouples Specifications FX3U-4AD-TC-ADP

FX3U-4AD-PNK-ADP FX3U-4AD-PT-ADP FX3U-4AD-PTW-ADP
FX3U-4AD-TC-ADP is used for processing (Pt1000/Ni1000
temperatures. It has 4 independent inputs for Analog inputs 4 (J or K type) 4 (Pt100 sensors) 4 (Pt100 sensors, 3-wire)
sensors, 2/3 wire)
detecting signals from thermocouples of types Compensated °C -100–+600 (J type)/ -50–+250 (Pt1000)/ -50–+250 -100–+600
J and K. temperature range -100–+1000 (K type) -40–+110 (Ni1000)
-1000–+6000 (J type)/ -500–+2500 (Pt1000)/
The FX3U-4AD-PNK-ADP analog input adapter Digital outputs -1000–+10000 (K type) -400–+1100 (Ni1000) -500–+2500 -1000–+6000
enables the connection of up to four Pt1000/ Resolution°C 0.3 (J type)/0.4 (K type) 0.1 0.1 0.2–0.3
Ni1000 thermocouples. Total accuracy ±0.5 % fullscale ±0.5–1.0 % (fullscale)* ±0.5–1.0 % (fullscale)* ±0.5–1.0 % (fullscale)*
The FX3U-4AD-PT-ADP and FX3U-4AD-PTW-ADP
Order information Art. no. 165273 214172 165272 214173
analog input adapters enable the connection
of up to four Pt100 thermocouples to the PLC *Dependent on the ambient temperature
system. Note: when connecting these adapter modules to a FX3U, a communications adapter FX3U-mmm-BD is required. When connecting an adapter to a FX3G
PLC the communications adapter FX3G-CNV-ADP is required.
All analog adapters can be used in combination
with the base units of the FX3G/FX3U/FX3UC
series only.

Temperature control modules

The temperature control module FX3U-4LC is Specifications FX2N-2LC FX3U-4LC

equipped with four temperature input points Analog inputs 2* (Thermocouple and Pt100 sensors) 4 (Thermocouple and Pt100 sensors)
and four transistor (open collector) output Compensated
points. It is used to read temperature signals °C 0–+399 -200–+2300
temperature range
from thermocouples and Pt100 sensors, and Digital outputs 2 transistor output points 4 NPN transistor open collector output points
performs PID output control. Resolution°C 0.1 or 1 0.1 or 1
±0.3–0.7 % (fullscale, dependent on the ambient ±0.3–0.7 % (fullscale, dependent on the ambient
Total accuracy temperature) temperature)

Order information Art. no. 129196 232806

* Temperature input modules with 10 channels on request

49
 Compact PLCs

FX2N-1HC
FX3U-CF-ADP High speed counter and FX2N-10PG
Data logger module pulse train module Positioning module

Data logger module

The FX3U-CF-ADP is a general purpose data log- Specifications FX3U-CF-ADP

ging adapter. The difference to other available Data access method Controlled by the main unit, no polling from the logging unit possible.
logging units is that the PLC main unit controls Connectable units A maximum of one FX3U-CF-ADP can be connected per PLC.
the data logging based on user requirements.
Time stamp function The real time clock data of the base unit is used.
Recommended storage media CompactFlash memory card (GT05-MEM-256MC, -512MC,-1GC, -2GC)
Max. file size 512 MB

5 File format
Max. number of files
CSV
63 (plus one FIFO file.)
FIFO function One pattern (the file name gets automatically generated.)
Compact PLCs

Order information Art. no. 230104

High speed counter and pulse train modules

These high speed modules provide additional Specifications FX2N-1HC FX2NC-1HC* FX3U-4HSX-ADP ** FX3U-2HSY-ADP ** FX3U-2HC
counting and pulse train output features to the Differential line
FX3U/FX3UC PLC. Signal level 5, 12, 24 V DC/7 mA 5, 12, 24 V DC/7 mA 5 V DC 5, 12, 24 V DC
driver
2 (1 phase) or 2 (1 phase) or
inputs 4 — 2
Counter 1 (2 phase) 1 (2 phase)
outputs — — — 2 2
inputs kHz 50 50 100/200 — 100/200
Max. frequency
outputs kHz — — — 200 —
16 bit 0–65535 0–65535 — — 0–65535
Counting range
(Up/down & ring counter) 32 bit -2147483648– -2147483648– -2147483648–
— —
+2147483647 +2147483647 +2147483647
Order information Art. no. 65584 217916 165274 165275 232805
*for FX3UC only ** for FX3U only

Positioning modules

The positioning modules FX3U-1PG and Specifications FX3U-1PG FX2N-10PG

FX2N-10PG are extremely efficient single-axis Accessible axes 1 1
positioning modules for controlling either step Output frequency pulse/s 10–200 000 1–1 000 000
drives or servo drives (by external regulator) Signal level for digital inputs 24 V DC/40 mA 5 V DC/100 mA; 24 V DC/70 mA
with a pulse chain.
Order information  Art. no. 259298 140113

Active data modules (RS485 and RS232)

he addition of active data interface modules FX2NC- FX3U- 1 FX2NC- FX3U-

Specifications 232ADP-MB 2 FX5-232ADP 485ADP 1 485ADP-MB 2 FX5-485ADP
1
permit active communication between the PLC 232ADP 1
and surrounding devices. RS232 with
9 pin D-Sub RS232 with 9-pin D-Sub connector; RS485
Interface compact plug RS485; Modbus RS485
Modbus RS232C
(photocoupler
isolation)
Communication speed* kbps 0.3–19.2 0.3–19.2 0.3–19.2 0.3–19.2 0.3–19.2 0.3–19.2
Max. communication distance m 15 15 15 500 500 500

Order information  Art. no. 149110 206190 280513 149111 206191 280514
Application for FX1S base unit 2 Application for FX3G/FX3GC/FX3GE/FX3U/FX3UC/FX5U/FX5UC base units
* Speed depends on communication method (Parallel link, N:N Network, No protocol, Dedicated protocol etc.)
Note: When connecting these adapter modules to a FX3U, a communications adapter FX3U-mmm-BD is required. When connecting the FX2NC
adapters to a FX1S PLC the communications adapter FX1N-CNV-BD is required. When connecting an FX3U adapter to a FX3G PLC the communica-
tions adapter FX3G-CNV-ADP is required.

50
 Compact PLCs

FX5-485-BD FX3U-USB-BD FX5-CNV-BUS

Interface adapter Communications adapter Communications adapter

Interface adapters

The interface adapters provide an additional Specifications FX1N-232-BD FX3G-232-BD FX3U-232-BD FX5-232-BD
communication interface for a MELSEC FX PLC. Applicable for Base units FX1S Base units FX3G Base units FX3U Base units FX5U
Interface RS232C with 9 pole D-Sub connector

Order information  Art. no. 130743 221254 165281 280511

Specifications
Applicable for
FX1N-422-BD
Base units FX1S
FX3G-422-BD
Base units FX3G
FX3U-422-BD
Base units FX3U
FX5-422-BD-GOT
Base units FX5U 5
Interface RS422 with 8 pole Mini-DIN connector

Compact PLCs
Order information  Art. no. 130741 221252 165282 280515

Specifications FX1N-485-BD FX3G-485-BD FX3U-485-BD FX5-485-BD

Applicable for Base units FX1S Base units FX3G Base units FX3U Base units FX5U
Interface RS485/RS422

Order information  Art. no. 130742 221253 165283 280512

Extension adapters

Two different digital and analog extension Specifications FX1N-4EX-BD FX1N-2EYT-BD FX1N-2AD-BD FX1N-1DA-BD
adapters are available at a time for direct instal- Applicable for Base units FX1S Base units FX1S Base units FX1S Base units FX1S
lation in the base unit controllers of the FX1S Function 4 digital inputs 2 transistor outputs AD converter DA converter
series.
Order information  Art. no. 139418 139420 139421 139422

For the FX3G series PLCs a analog-digital Specifications FX3G-2AD-BD FX3G-1DA-BD FX3G-8AV-BD FX3U-8AV-BD
converter with two analog inputs and a digital- Applicable for Base units FX3G Base units FX3G Base units FX3G Base units FX3U
analog converter with one analog output is Function AD converter DA converter Analog setpoint Analog setpoint
available.
The FX3U-8AV-BD analog setpoint adapter ena- Order information  Art. no. 221265 221266 221267 237307
bles the user to set 8 analog setpoint values.

Communications adapters

The communications adapter FX3U-USB-BD is Specifications FX3U-USB-BD

an additional USB 2.0 interface for a FX3U base Applicable for Base units FX3U
unit. Function USB interface

Order information  Art. no. 165284

The communications ­adapters enable the Specifications FX1N-CNV-BD FX3G-CNV-ADP FX3U-CNV-BD FX5-CNV-BUS FX5-CNV-BUSC
connection of the adapter modules FXmm- Applicable for Base units FX1S Base units FX3G Base units FX3U Base units FX5U Base units FX5UC
mmmADP on the left hand side of the FX3G and
FX3U base units. Order information  Art. no. 130745 221268 165285 280510 283558
The FX5-CNV-BUS and the FX5-CNV-BUSC are
connection conversion modules for connecting
intelligent function modules of the FX3U series
or an extension power supply unit FX3U-1PSU-
5V to a FX5 series PLC.

51
 Compact PLCs

FX3U-7DM
FX1N-5DM Control and FX3U-FLROM-64L
Display module display panel Memory cassette

Display modules

The display modules FX1N-5DM, FX3S-5DM and Specifications FX1N-5DM FX3S-5DM FX3G-5DM
­FX3G-5DM are inserted directly with space-sav- Applicable for Base units FX1S Base units FX3S Base units FX3G
ing into the controller and enable monitoring Display LCD (with backlight) LCD (with backlight) LCD (with backlight)
and editing of the data stored in the PLC.
Order information  Art. no. 129197 282202 221270

5
Control and display panel/holder
Compact PLCs

The FX3U-7DM display module can be incor- Specifications FX3U-7DM FX3U-7DM-HLD

porated in the main unit, or can be installed in Applicable for Base units FX3U Base units FX3U
the enclosure using the ­FX3U-7DM-HLD display Display 16 letters x 4 lines —
module holder.
Order information  Art. no. 165268 165287

Memory cassettes

All FX base units are equipped with a slot for Specifications FX1N-EEPROM-8L FX3G-EEPROM-32L
the memory cassettes. By connection of these Applicable for Base units FX1S and FX1N Base units FX3G
memory cassettes, the internal memory of the Size 2000/8000 steps 32000 steps
controller is switched off and only the program
specified in the respective memory cassette is run. Order information  Art. no. 130746 221269

Specifications FX3U-FLROM-16 FX3U-FLROM-64 FX3U-FLROM-64L FX3U-FLROM-1M

Applicable for Base units FX3U Base units FX3U Base units FX3U Base units FX3U
64000 +
Size 16000 64000 64000 1.3 MB for source data

Order information  Art. no. 165278 165279 165280 245565

52
 Compact PLCs

The ALPHA2 series

ALPHA2 base units

The ALPHA2 brings the benefits of the ALPHA PWM,1 KHz high speed counter and SMS text
closer to the functionality of a Micro PLC. A messaging, open up new possibilities in all areas
program capacity of 200 functions and 38 func- of building and industrial automation.
tion blocks including mathematical operations,

Base units with 10–24 I/Os

Specifications AL2-10MR-A AL2-10MR-D AL2-14MR-A AL2-14MR-D AL2-24MR-A AL2-24MR-D
Integrated inputs/outputs 6/4 6/4 8/6 8/6 15/9 15/9
Power supply 100–240 V AC 24 V DC 100–240 V AC 24 V DC 100–240 V AC 24 V DC

Order information  Art. no. 215070 215071 215072 215073 215074 215075

Compact PLCs
AS-Interface module AL2-ASI-BD Specifications AL2-ASI-BD
The Actuator Sensor Interface module Module type Slave module
­AL2-ASI-BD in combination with an ALPHA2 Communications protocol AS-Interface standard
controller facilitates the data communications
Order information  Art. no. 142525
via an AS-Interface system. The AL2-ASI-BD is
attached to an ALPHA2 series module and forms
a slave unit. Up to 4 inputs and 4 outputs can be
exchanged with the AS-Interface master.

Digital extension modules Specifications AL2-4EX-A2 AL2-4EX AL2-4EYR AL2-4EYT

There are 4 different extension modules avail- Inputs 4 4 — —
able for the ALPHA2, which allow the controller Input voltage 220–240 V AC 24 V DC (+20 %, -15 %) — —
to be extended through additional inputs or Outputs — — 4 (Relay) 4 (Transistor)
outputs. The modules are inserted directly into
Order information  Art. no. 142522 142521 142523 142524
the ALPHA2 and therefore do not take up any
additional space.
The AL2-4EX has the additional feature that
2 inputs may be used as high-speed counters
with a counting frequency of 1 kHz.

Analog extension modules Specifications AL2-2DA AL2-2PT-ADP AL2-2TC-ADP

The analog extension modules significantly Analog inputs — 2 2
increase the range of applications for the Pt100 sensor Thermocouple (K type),
ALPHA2. With these modules it is possible to Connectable temperature sensors — Temp. coefficient 3.850 ppm/°C isolated type (IEC 584-1 1977,
(IEC 751) IEC 584-2 1982)
output voltage or current signals or to measure
Compensated range — -50–+200 °C -50–+450 °C
temperatures.
Analog outputs 2 — —
Three different analog extension modules are voltage 0–10 V DC (5 kΩ–1 MΩ) — —
Analog output
available: range current 4–20 mA (max. 500 Ω) — —
zz The AL2-2DA offers two additional analog Order information  Art. no. 151235 151238 151239
outputs for the ALPHA2 and converts a digital
input value into a voltage or a current. This
module is inserted directly onto the ALPHA2.
zz The AL2-2PT-ADP connects an external Pt100
sensor to convert temperature readings into
analog signals (0–10 V).
zz The AL2-2TC-ADP connects thermocouple
sensors (K type) to convert temperature read-
ings into analog signals (0–10 V).

53
 For detailed
information,
please refer
to the family
catalogues.

Human Machine Interfaces

HMI control units for interaction between operator and machine

The interface between operator GOTs can be installed directly to the machine zz Recipe mamagement
and technics while the connection to other FA products is zz Remote access
simple and cost-efficient. Without big efforts it
In automatisation technologie the HMI repre- zz WLAN
is possible to show all relevant information in
sents the face of the machine and should show Mitsubishi Electric offers three GOT series:
graphical form to the operator.
all important process and status information GOT1000, GOT2000 and GOT Simple. These
to the operator. The control units of the HMI Even under heavy duty conditions the HMIs
remain operational due to the protective struc- series cover the whole range of individual appli-
series provide an optimal dialog between cations from basic model to high end model.
operator and machine and they are completely ture IP65 (and higher).
integrated into the philosophy of Mitsubishi The graphs on this and the following page are
FA. Therefore they are the ideal extension for Special features showing the full range of the main ranges of
MELSEC PLC systems and other components of HMIs.
zz Integration with Mitsubishi Electric FA com-
Factory Automation.
ponents
GOT control units provide a maximum trans-
zz Diagnostic functions
parency for all system processes and the deep
integration into FA products offers a very fast zz Alarm handling
troubleshooting and many other advantages. zz Data logging
This reduces down time and raises the added
zz Data base connectivity
value of the production.
zz User management

6
GOT1000
HMI

GOT1000 series GT10 (14 models) GT11 (5 models) GT14 (2 models) GT15 (22 models) GT16 (12 models)
type STN STN STN, TFT STN, TFT TFT
dimensions 3.7–5.7" 5.7" 5.7" 5.7–15" 5.7–15"
Display
text User definable User definable User definable User definable User definable
graphical resolution (pixels) 320x240 320x240 320x240 320x240 to 1024x768 680x480 to 1024x768
Power supply 5 V DC/24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC/100–240 V AC 24 V DC/100–240 V AC
Internal memory capacity 512 KB/1.5 MB/3.0 MB 3 MB 9 MB 5–9 MB (expandable up to 57 MB) 15 MB (expandable up to 57 MB)
External memory card — 1 (CompactFlash, 2 GB max.) 1 (CompactFlash, 2 GB max.) 1 (CompactFlash, 2 GB max.) 1 (CompactFlash, 2 GB max.)
Keyboard Touch panel Touch panel Touch panel Touch panel Touch panel
Function keys Touch keys Touch keys + 6 function keys Touch keys Touch keys Touch keys
2 x RS232, RS422/RS232
serial RS232C, RS422 RS232, RS422, RS485 RS232 RS232
(depending on model)
Interfaces
GT104m/GT105m: USB (Mini-B, front side) USB (front), USB host for
others USB (front) USB (front)
USB (back side) USB (Type A, back side) memory stick (2 GB max.)
Ethernet (TCP/IP), CC-Link (IE), RS232, RS422, RS485, A bus, Q bus,
Network possibilities Serial Serial Ethernet, RS422, RS485, RS232 MELSECNET/10/H, Modbus®/TCP
IP rating (front panel) IP67 IP67/IP65 (portable models) IP67 IP67 IP67

54
 HMI

GOT2000

GOT2000 series GT21 (2 models) GT23 (4 models) GT25 (9 models) GT27 (16 models)

6
type TFT, LCD TFT, LCD TFT, LCD TFT, LCD
dimensions 3.8" 8.4–10.4" 8.4–12" 8.4–15"
Display
text User definable User definable User definable User definable
graphical resolution (pixels) 320x128 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1

HMI
Power supply 24 V DC 24 V DC/100–240 V AC 24 V DC/100–240 V AC 24 V DC/100–240 V AC
Internal memory (ROM): 3 MB Internal memory (ROM): 9 MB Internal memory (ROM): 32 MB Internal memory (ROM) 57 MB
Internal memory capacity Working memory (RAM): 3 MB Working memory (RAM): 9 MB Working memory (RAM): 80 MB Working memory (RAM): 128 MB
External memory card 1 (SD memory card) 1 (SD memory card) 1 (SD memory card) 1 (SD memory card)
Keyboard Touch panel Touch panel Touch panel Touch panel
Function keys Touch keys Touch keys Touch keys Touch keys
serial RS232, RS422/485 RS232, RS422/RS485 RS232, RS422/RS485 RS232, RS422/RS485
Interfaces Ethernet (TCP/IP), USB (front), Ethernet (TCP/IP), USB (front), Ethernet (TCP/IP), USB (front),
others Ethernet (TCP/IP), USB, SD memory card SD memory card SD memory card SD memory card
Ethernet (TCP/IP), CC-Link (IE), Modbus®, Ethernet (TCP/IP), CC-Link (IE), Modbus®,
Ethernet (TCP/IP), RS232, RS422/485,
Network possibilities Ethernet (TCP/IP), RS232, RS422/485 RS232, RS422/485, A bus, Q bus, RS232, RS422/485, A bus, Q bus,
Modbus®/RTU, ­CC-Link/ID via G4 MELSECNET/10/H MELSECNET/10/H
IP rating (front panel) IP67F IP67 IP67 IP67

GOT Simple
GOT Simple series GS21 (2 models)
type TFT, LCD
dimensions 7–10"
Display
text User definable
graphical resolution (pixels) 800x480
Power supply 24 V DC
Internal memory capacity Internal memory (ROM): 9 MB, working memory (RAM): 9 MB
External memory card 1 (SD memory card)
Keyboard Touch panel
Function keys Touch keys
serial RS232, RS422
Interfaces
others Ethernet (TCP/IP), SD memory card
Network possibilities Ethernet (TCP/IP), RS232, RS422
IP rating (front panel) IP65

55
 HMI

GOT1000 series
Overview
Display unit Interfaces
Model Art. no.
Type Colour Dimensions (mm) RS232 RS232C RS422 RS485 USB Ethernet CF slot Human sensor
GT1020-LBL STN monochrome 86.4x34.5 (3.7") V V 200738
GT1020-LBD STN monochrome 86.4x34.5 (3.7") V V 200491
GT1020-LBD2 STN monochrome 86.4x34.5 (3.7") V V 200492
GT1020-LBLW STN monochrome 86.4x34.5 (3.7") V V 208670
GT1020-LBDW STN monochrome 86.4x34.5 (3.7") V V 208668
GT1020-LBDW2 STN monochrome 86.4x34.5 (3.7") V V 208669
GT1030-HBD STN monochrome 109.4x36 (4.5") V (2x) 242110
GT1030-HBD2 STN monochrome 109.4x36 (4.5") V (2x) 242111
GT1030-HBDW STN monochrome 109.4x36 (4.5") V (2x) 242112
GT1030-HBDW2 STN monochrome 109.4x36 (4.5") V (2x) 242113
GT1030-HWD STN monochrome 109.4x36 (4.5") V (2x) 242114
GT1030-HWD2 STN monochrome 109.4x36 (4.5") V (2x) 242115
GT1030-HWDW STN monochrome 109.4x36 (4.5") V (2x) 242116
GT1030-HWDW2 STN monochrome 109.4x36 (4.5") V (2x) 242117
GT1030-HBL STN monochrome 109.4x36 (4.5") V (2x) 242118
GT1030-HBLW STN monochrome 109.4x36 (4.5") V (2x) 242119
GT1030-HWL STN monochrome 109.4x36 (4.5") V (2x) 242120
GT1030-HWLW STN monochrome 109.4x36 (4.5") V (2x) 242121
GT1040-QBBD STN blue/white, 16 scales 96x72 (4.7") V V V 221929
GT1045-QSBD STN 256 colours 96x72 (4.7") V V V 221930
GT1050-QBBD STN blue/white, 16 scales 115x86 (5.7") V V V 218492
GT1055-QSBD STN 256 colours 115x86 (5.7") V V V 218491

6
GT1150-QLBD STN 16 grey scales 115x86 (5.7") V V (2x) V 162709
GT1155-QSBD STN 256 colours 115x86 (5.7") V V (2x) V 162710
GT1155-QTBD TFT 256 colours 115x86 (5.7") V V (2x) V 215077
GT1150HS-QLBD STN 16 grey scales 115x86 (5.7") V V V 170180
HMI

GT1155HS-QSBD STN 256 colours 115x86 (5.7") V V V 170181

GT1450-QLBDE STN 16 grey scales 115x86 (5.7") V V (2x) 248880
GT1455-QTBDE TFT colour LCD 115x86 (5.7") V V V (2x) 248881
GT1455HS-QTBDE TFT colour LCD 115x86 (5.7") V V V (2x) 271384
GT1450HS-QMBDE TFT monochrome, 16 grey scales 115x86 (5.7") V V V (2x) 271455
GT1550-QLBD STN monochrome 115x86 (5.7") V V 203472
GT1555-QSBD STN 4096 colours 115x86 (5.7") V V 203471
GT1555-QTBD TFT 65536 colours 115x86 (5.7") V V 203470
GT1555-VTBD TFT 65536 colours 115x86 (5.7") V V 209823
GT1562-VNBA TFT 16 colours 171x128 (8.4") V V 166240
GT1562-VNBD TFT 16 colours 171x128 (8.4") V V 169480
GT1565-VTBA TFT 65536 colours 171x128 (8.4") V V 162705
GT1565-VTBD TFT 65536 colours 171x128 (8.4") V V 169481
GT1572-VNBA TFT 16 colours 211x158 (10.4") V V 166241
GT1572-VNBD TFT 16 colours 211x158 (10.4") V V 169482
GT1575-VNBA TFT 256 colours 211x158 (10.4") V V 166242
GT1575-VNBD TFT 256 colours 211x158 (10.4") V V 169483
GT1575-VTBA TFT 65536 colours 211x158 (10.4") V V 162706
GT1575-STBA TFT 65536 colours 211x158 (10.4") V V 162707
GT1575-VTBD TFT 65536 colours 211x158 (10.4") V V 169484
GT1575-STBD TFT 65536 colours 211x158 (10.4") V V 169485
GT1575V-STBD TFT 65536 colours 211x158 (10.4") V V 203496
GT1585-STBA TFT 65536 colours 246x185 (12.1") V V 162708
GT1585-STBD TFT 65536 colours 246x185 (12.1") V V 169486
GT1585V-STBD TFT 65536 colours 246x185 (12.1") V V 203495
GT1595-XTBA TFT 65536 colours 304x228 (15") V V 169464
GT1595-XTBD TFT 65536 colours 304x228 (15") V V 203469
GT1655-VTBD TFT 65536 colours 115x86 (5.7") V V V V V V 244210
GT1662-VNBA TFT 16 colours 171x128 (8.4") V V V V V V 237194
GT1662-VNBD TFT 16 colours 171x128 (8.4") V V V V V V 237194
GT1665HS-VTBD TFT 65536 colours 132.5x99.4 (6.5") V V V V V V 237248
GT1672-VNBA TFT 16 colours 211x158 (10.4") V V V V V V 237192
GT1672-VNBD TFT 16 colours 211x158 (10.4") V V V V V V 237193
GT1675-VNBA TFT 4096 colours 211x158 (10.4") V V V V V V 237190
GT1675-VNBD TFT 4096 colours 211x158 (10.4") V V V V V V 237191
GT1665M-STBA TFT 16 colours 171x128 (8.4") V V V V V V V 221949
GT1665M-STBD TFT 16 colours 171x128 (8.4") V V V V V V V 221950
GT1665M-VTBA TFT 16 colours 171x128 (8.4") V V V V V V V 221951
GT1665M-VTBD TFT 16 colours 171x128 (8.4") V V V V V V V 221952
GT1675M-STBA TFT 65536 colours 211x158 (10.4") V V V V V V V 221945
GT1675M-STBD TFT 65536 colours 211x158 (10.4") V V V V V V V 221946
GT1675M-VTBA TFT 65536 colours 211x158 (10.4") V V V V V V V 221947
GT1675M-VTBD TFT 65536 colours 211x158 (10.4") V V V V V V V 221948
GT1685M-STBA TFT 65536 colours 249x184.5 (12.1") V V V V V V V 221360
GT1685M-STBD TFT 65536 colours 249x184.5 (12.1") V V V V V V V 221361
GT1695M-XTBA TFT 65536 colours 304.1x228.1 (15") V V V V V V V 221358
GT1695M-XTBD TFT 65536 colours 304.1x228.1 (15") V V V V V V V 221359

56
 HMI

GOT2000 series
Overview
Display unit Interfaces
Model SD memory Art. no.
Type Colour Dimensions (mm) RS232 RS232C RS422 RS485 USB Ethernet CF slot card
GT2103-PMBD TFT monochrome, 32 grey scales 89x35.6 (3.8 ") V V V V 279809
GT2103-PMBDS TFT monochrome, 32 grey scales 89x35.6 (3.8 ") V V V 279810
GT2308-VTBA TFT LCD, 65536 colours 170.9x128.2 (8.4 ") V V V V V V 270570
GT2308-VTBD TFT LCD, 65536 colours 170.9x128.2 (8.4 ") V V V V V V 270571
GT2310-VTBA TFT LCD, 65536 colours 211.2x158.4 (10.4 ") V V V V V V 270568
GT2310-VTBD TFT LCD, 65536 colours 211.2x158.4 (10.4 ") V V V V V V 270569
GT2508-VTBA TFT LCD, 65536 colours 170.9x128.2 (8.4 ") V V V V V V 276819
GT2508-VTBD TFT LCD, 65536 colours 170.9x128.2 (8.4 ") V V V V V V 276820
GT2508-VTWA TFT LCD, 65536 colours 170.9x128.2 (8.4 ") V V V V V V 276821
GT2508-VTWD TFT LCD, 65536 colours 170.9x128.2 (8.4 ") V V V V V V 276822
GT2510-VTBA TFT LCD, 65536 colours 211.2x158.4 (10.4") V V V V V V 276815
GT2510-VTBD TFT LCD, 65536 colours 211.2x158.4 (10.4") V V V V V V 276816
GT2510-VTWA TFT LCD, 65536 colours 211.2x158.4 (10.4") V V V V V V 276817
GT2510-VTWD TFT LCD, 65536 colours 211.2x158.4 (10.4") V V V V V V 276818
GT2512-STBA TFT LCD, 65536 colours 246x184.5 (12.1") V V V V V V 281858
GT2512-STBD TFT LCD, 65536 colours 246x184.5 (12.1") V V V V V V 281859
GT2708-STBA TFT LCD, 65536 colours 170.9x128.2 (8.4 ") V V V V V V 270564
GT2708-STBD TFT LCD, 65536 colours 170.9x128.2 (8.4 ") V V V V V V 270565
GT2708-VTBA TFT LCD, 65536 colours 170.9x128.2 (8.4 ") V V V V V V 270566
GT2708-VTBD TFT LCD, 65536 colours 170.9x128.2 (8.4 ") V V V V V V 270567
GT2710-STBA TFT LCD, 65536 colours 211.2x158.4 (10.4") V V V V V V 270558
GT2710-STBD TFT LCD, 65536 colours 211.2x158.4 (10.4") V V V V V V 270559
GT2710-VTBA
GT2710-VTBD
TFT
TFT
LCD, 65536 colours
LCD, 65536 colours
211.2x158.4 (10.4")
211.2x158.4 (10.4")
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
270560
270561
6
GT2710-VTWA TFT LCD, 65536 colours 211.2x158.4 (10.4") V V V V V V 270562
GT2710-VTWD TFT LCD, 65536 colours 211.2x158.4 (10.4") V V V V V V 270563

HMI
GT2712-STBA TFT LCD, 65536 colours 246x184.5 (12.1") V V V V V V 270504
GT2712-STWA TFT LCD, 65536 colours 246x184.5 (12.1") V V V V V V 270556
GT2712-STBD TFT LCD, 65536 colours 246x184.5 (12.1") V V V V V V 270555
GT2712-STWD TFT LCD, 65536 colours 246x184.5 (12.1") V V V V V V 270557
GT2715-XTBA TFT LCD, 65536 colours 304.1x228.1 (15") V V V V V V 275975
GT2715-XTBD TFT LCD, 65536 colours 304.1x228.1 (15") V V V V V V 275976

GOT Simple series

Overview
Display unit Interfaces
Model SD memory Art. no.
Type Colour Dimensions (mm) RS232 RS232C RS422 RS485 USB Ethernet CF slot card
GS2107-WTBD TFT LCD, 65536 colours 154x85.9 (7") V V V V 273362
GS2110-WTBD TFT LCD, 65536 colours 222x132.5 (10") V V V V 273361

57
 HMI

Industrial Panel PCs

Nowadays industrial PC´s are a inherent part environments, these IPC´s feature high quality, consider before. All IPC´s are equipped with a
of automation and process control. The new fast performance, attractive design and a fanless high performance CPU (Intel® Atom™/
series of APPC/IPPC industrial PC´s provides brilliantly legible displays. A wide operating and Core™ i5) and SSD drives. This reduces the risk
outstanding computer performance based on storage temperature range, tough vibration of a production stop with all the consequences
energy-saving Intel® Processors. Designed for resistance and high IP ratings mean these IPC´s and cost due to the failure of a moving part.
use in demanding applications in industrial can be used in locations users could never

APPC/IPPC series

6
HMI

APPC/IPPC series APPC 1245T APPC 1540T APPC 1740T IPPC 1560TP2E-DC IPPC 1960TP2E-DC IPPC-2160P
Display 12.1" TFT 15" TFT 17" TFT 15" TFT 19" TFT 21.5" TFT
Resolutionpixel 1024x768 1024x768 1280x1024 1024x768 1280x1024 1920x1080
Format 4:3 4:3 4:3 4:3 4:3 16:9
Brightnesscd/m2 500 400 350 400 350 300
Touchscreen Resistive, 5wire Resistive, 5wire Resistive, 5wire Resistive, 5wire Resistive, 5wire Projective capacitive
Backlight LED LED LED LED LED LED
Pantone black/ Pantone black/ Pantone black/ Pantone 432C/ Pantone 432C/ Pantone 432C/
RAL 15 00 front bezel w/ RAL 15 00 front bezel w/ RAL 15 00 front bezel w/ RAL 70 24 front bezel RAL 70 24 front bezel RAL 70 24 front bezel
Colour Pantone 400C/RAL 090 80 10 Pantone 400C/RAL 090 80 10 Pantone 400C/RAL 090 80 10 Aluminum front bezel with Aluminum front bezel with Aluminum front bezel with
metal style membrane metal style membrane metal style membrane SPPC nickel plated housing SPPC nickel plated housing SPPC nickel plated housing
Panel/wall/stand/VESA Panel/wall/stand/VESA
Mounting Panel/wall/stand/VESA Panel/wall/stand/VESA Panel/wall/stand/VESA Panel Mount
100x100 mm 100x100 mm
Intel® Atom™ E3826, Intel® Atom™ E3826, Intel® Atom™ E3826, Intel® Core™ i5-3610ME, Intel® Core™ i5-3610ME, Intel® i5-3610ME,
Processor 1.46 GHz 1.46 GHz 1.46 GHz 2.7 GHz 2.7 GHz 2.7 GHz
RAM 4 GB 4 GB 4 GB 4 GB 4 GB 4 GB
Isolation 2x RS232/422/485
2xRS232/422/485, 2xLAN, 2xRS232/422/485, 2xLAN, 2xRS232/422/485, 2xLAN, 2xRS232/422/485, 2xLAN, 2xRS232/422/485, 2xLAN, by BIOS setting, 2xGbE,
I/O 1xVGA, 1xMic, 3xUSB, PS2, 1xVGA, 1xMic, 3xUSB, PS2, 1xVGA, 1xMic, 3xUSB, PS2, 1xVGA, 1xMic, 4xUSB, 2xPS2, 1xVGA, 1xMic, 4xUSB, 2xPS2, 1xVGA, 1xLine-out, 4xUSB,
4xDIG/IN, 4xDIG/OUT Isolation DIO, Fieldbus I/O
Profinet, Profibus, Profinet, Profibus, Profinet, Profibus,
Field bus options — — — DeviceNet™, EtherNet/IP and DeviceNet™, EtherNet/IP and DeviceNet™, EtherNet/IP and
EtherCAT EtherCAT EtherCAT
Drives 64 GB SSD MLC 64 GB SSD MLC 64 GB SSD MLC 64 GB SSD MLC 64 GB SSD MLC 64 GB SSD MLC
Power supply 12 V–30 V DC 12 V–30 V DC 12 V–30 V DC 9 V–30 V DC 9 V–30 V DC 220 V AC
Cooling Fanless Fanless Fanless Fanless Fanless Fanless
Protection class IP65 front IP65 front IP65 front IP66 front IP66 front IP66 front
OS Windows®7 Pro Windows®7 Pro Windows®7 Pro Windows®7 Pro Windows®7 Pro Windows®7 Pro
Weightkg 4 5 6.7 9 10.6 9.26
Dimensions (WxHxD)  mm 317x243x65.89 384.37x309.95x63.2 410.4x340.4x65.9 477.64x310x95.72 477.64x399.24x99.38 562.4x382.4x62.85

Order information  Art. no. 285158 285159 285160 285161 285162 284433

58
 For detailed
information,
please refer
to the family
catalogues.

Frequency Inverters

Mitsubishi Electric’s comprehensive range of for demanding drive applications. The system Mitsubishi Electric inverters are real energy
frequency inverters offers a wealth of benefits instantly identifies overcurrents and limits them savers achieving maximum drive capacity
for the user, making it easy to choose the perfect automatically with its fast response, allowing utilisation with minimum power consumption.
solution for every drive application. the motor to continue operating normally at the Flux optimisation ensures that the connected
With most Mitsubishi Electric Frequency Invert- current threshold. motor only gets exactly the amount of magnetic
ers an overload capacity of 200 % is standard. Mitsubishi Electric inverters are also able to flux required for optimum efficiency. This is
This means they deliver double the performance communicate with industry standard bus particularly important at low speeds as motors
of the competing inverters with the same rating. systems, like Ethernet TCP/IP, Ethernet IP, are normally using a voltage/frequency control
EtherCat, Profinet, Profibus DP, Profibus DPV1, system.
Mitsubishi Electric inverters also have active
current limiting. This provides the perfect DeviceNet™, CC-Link, CC-Link IE Field, ­LonWorks,
response characteristics of the current vector RS485/­Modbus®/RTU, CanOpen, BacNet making
system and gives you the confidence you need it possible to integrate frequency inverters as
part of a complete automation system.

Feature FR-D700 SC FR-E700 SC FR-F700 FR-A741/FR-A770 FR-A800

FR-A741: 5.5–55 kW FR-A800: 0.4–630 kW
Rated motor output range 0.1–7.5 kW 0.1–15 kW 0.75–630 kW FR-A770: 355–560 kW FR-A846: 0.4–160 kW
Frequency range 0.2–400 Hz 0.2–400 Hz 0.5–400 Hz 0.2–400 Hz 0.2–590 Hz
Single-phase, Single-phase, Three-phase,
Three-phase,
200–240 V (-15 %/+10 %) 200–240 V (-15 %/+10 %) Three-phase, FR-A741: 380–480 V (-15 %/+10 %) FR-A820: 200–240 V
Power supply Three-phase, Three-phase, 380–500 V (-15 %/+10 %) FR-A840/A842: 380–500 V
FR-A770: 600–690 V (±10 %)
380–480 V (-15 %/+10 %) 380–480 V (-15 %/+10 %) (-15 %/+10 %)
FR-A800: IP00/IP20
Protection IP20 IP20 FR-F740: IP00/IP20 IP00 FR-A846: IP55
zz Energy saving control
zz Simple magnetic flux vector zz Torque control
control zz Positon control

7
zz V/f control zz V/f control zz Real sensorless vector control
zz V/f control zz Torque control
zz Sensorless vector control zz Traverse function zz PM sensorless vector control
zz Sensorless vector control zz Positon control
zz Brake transistor zz Switch motor to direct mains zz Closed loop vector control
zz Brake transistor operation zz Real sensorless vector control
zz Safe Torque Off (STO) zz Safe Torque Off (STO)
zz Safe Torque Off (STO) according EN 61800-5-2 zz Special function for the water zz Closed loop vector control according EN 61800-5-2

Frequency Inverters
Special functions according EN 61800-5-2 and HVAC application
zz Torque limit zz Integrated PLC function zz Trace function
zz Energy saving control zz Regeneration avoidance
(Optimum excitation control) zz Ext. brake control zz Easy gain tuning zz Integrated PLC function
zz Flying start function zz Life time diagnostics zz AC & PM motor autotuning
zz Life time diagnostics zz Flying start
zz Dancer control zz Remote I/O zz Integrated EMC filter zz Anti sway function
zz Life time diagnostics zz Life time diagnostics zz Easy gain tuning
zz Integrated PLC function zz Life time diagnostics
zz Integrated BACNet zz Integrated EMC filter
zz Pre-charge function
Specifications Refer to page 60 Refer to page 61 Refer to page 62 Refer to page 64 Refer to page 66
Single-

D720S SC
phase

E720S SC 0.1–2.2 kW

D740 SC 0.4–7.5 kW

E740 SC 0.4–15 kW

F740 0.75–630 kW

F746 0.75–55 kW
Three-phase

A741 5.5–55 kW

A770 355–630 kW

A820 0.4–132 kW

A840 0.4–355 kW

A842 315–500 kW

A846 0.4–160 kW

0 kW 55 kW 100 kW 200 kW 300 kW 400 kW 500 kW 600 kW

59
 Frequency Inverters

FR-D700 SC ultra-compact standard inverters

The FR-D700 SC is a pace-setter in the miniature zz Pumps

drive system class with integrated safe torque zz Fans
off function according EN61800-5-2. It features
simple and secure operation and a wide range zz Presses
of technology functions. zz Conveyor belts
The small dimensions render the FR-D700 SC zz Industrial washing machines
D700-SC
series frequency inverters ideal for use in zz Automatic shelf systems
restricted spaces. New functions such as inter-
mediate circuit control of the ouput frequency,
the dancer roll control or the traverse function,
facilitate universal use in numerous applications
such as

FR-D720S-m-SC-EC/-E6 FR-D740-m-SC-EC/-E6
Product line
008 014 025 042 070 100 012 022 036 050 080 120 160
0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5
Rated motor capacity a kW 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 (0.55) (1.1) (2.2) (3) (4) (7.5) (11)
Rated output capacity b kVA 0.3 0.5 1.0 1.6 2.8 3.8 1.2 2.0 3.0 4.6 7.2 9.1 13.0
1.2 2.2 3.6 5.0 8.0 12.0 16.0
Rated current c A 0.8 1.4 2.5 4.2 7.0 10.0
Output (1.4) (2.6) (4.3) (6.0) (9.6) (14.4) (19.2)
Overload capacity 4 150 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 200 % for 0.5 s
Voltage 5 3-phase AC, 0 V to power supply voltage
Brake transistor — Built-in

7 Maximum brake torque with FR-ABR(H) option

Power supply voltage
100 % torque/10 % ED
1-phase, 200–240 V AC, -15 %/+10 % 3-phase, 380–480 V AC, -15 %/+10 %
Voltage range 170–264 V AC at 50/60 Hz 325–528 V AC at 50/60 Hz
Input
Power supply frequency 50/60 Hz ±5 %
Frequency Inverters

Rated input capacity 6 kVA 0.5 0.9 1.5 2.3 4.0 5.2 1.5 2.5 4.5 5.5 9.5 12 17
Acceleration/deceleration time 0.1 to 3600 s (may be set individually for acceleration and deceleration)
Control Acceleration/deceleration characteristics Linear or S-pattern acceleration/deceleration mode selectable
Braking torque DC braking Operating frequency: 0–120 Hz, operating time: 0–10 s, voltage: 0–30 % (externally adjustable)

Order in- Single painted PCB(EC) Art. no. 247595 247596 247597 247598 247599 247600 247601 247602 247603 247604 247605 247606 247607
formation Double painted PCB (E6) Art. no. 266097 266098 266099 266100 266100 266102 266103 266104 266135 266136 266137 266137 266139
Remarks:
1 The applied motor capacity indicated is the maximum capacity applicable for use of the Mitsubishi Electric 4-pole standard motor. The motor capacity ratings in brackets are for ambient temperatures up to 40 °C.
2 The specifications of the rated output capacity are related to a motor voltage of 440 V.
3 The rated output current in brackets are for ambient temperatures up to 40 °C.
4 The % value of the overload capacity indicated is the ratio of the overload current to the inverter’s rated output current. For repeated duty, allow time for the inverter and motor to return to or below the temperatures under 100 % load.
5 The maximum output voltage does not exceed the power supply voltage. The maximum output voltage can be changed within the setting range. However, the pulse voltage value of the inverter output side voltage remains unchanged
at about √2 that of the power supply.
6 The power supply capacity varies with the value of the power supply side inverter impedance (including those of the input choke and cables).

60
 Frequency Inverters

FR-E700 SC compact inverters

This frequency inverter has enhanced func- zz Textile machines

tions and performance, like an integrated USB zz Door and gate actuators
interface, an digital dial with display and higher
power output at low speed. Additional remov- zz Elevators
able optioncards, like 16 bit digital input card zz Cranes
(FR-A7AX E kit) or CC-Link card FR-A7NC E kit zz Material handling systems
makes the inverter suitable vor versatile applica-
tions like:

FR-E720S-mSC-EC/-E6 FR-E740-mSC-EC/-E6
Product line
008 015 030 050 080 110 016 026 040 060 095 120 170 230 300
Rated motor capacity a kW 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15
Rated output capacity b kVA 0.3 0.6 1.2 2 3.2 4.4 1.2 2 3 4.6 7.2 9.1 13 17.5 23
A 0.8 1.5 3 5 8 11 1.6 2.6 4 6 9.5
Rated current 3 (0.8) (1.4) (2.5) (4.1) (7) (10) (1.4) (2.2) (3.8) (5.4) (8.7) 12 17 23 30
Overload capacity d 150 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 200 % for 3 s
Output
Voltage e 3-phase AC, 0 V to power supply voltage 3-phase, 0 V up to power supply voltage
Brake transistor — Built-in
regenerative f 150 % 100 % 50 % 20 % 100 % 50 % 20 %
Maximum brake torque with FR-ABR(H)
option 100 % torque/10 % ED 100 % torque/
6 % ED
7
Power supply voltage 1-phase, 200–240 V AC, -15 %/+10 % 3-phase, 380–480 V AC, -15 %/+10 %

Frequency Inverters
Voltage range 170–264 V AC at 50/60 Hz 325–528 V AC at 50/60 Hz
Input
Power supply frequency 50/60 Hz ±5 %
Rated input capacity g kVA 0.5 0.9 1.5 2.5 4 5.2 1.5 2.5 4.5 5.5 9.5 12 17 20 28
Acceleration/deceleration time 0.01–360 s, 0.1–3600 s (may be set individually for acceleration and deceleration)
Control Acceleration/deceleration characteristics Linear or S-pattern acceleration/deceleration mode selectable
Braking torque DC braking Operating frequency: 0–120 Hz, operating time: 0–10 s, voltage: 0–30 % (externally adjustable)

Order in- Single painted PCB Art. no. 234795 234796 234797 234798 234799 234800 234801 234802 234803 234804 234805 234806 234807 234808 234809
formation Double painted PCB (E6) Art. no. 240974 240975 240976 240977 240978 240979 240980 240981 240982 240983 240984 240985 240986 240987 240988
Remarks:
1 The applied motor capacity indicated is the maximum capacity applicable for use of the Mitsubishi Electric 4-pole standard motor.
2 The specifications of the rated output capacity are related to a motor voltage of 440 V.
3 Setting 2 kHz or more in Pr. 72 PWM frequency selection to perform low acoustic noise operation with the ambient temperature exceeding 40 °C, the rated output current is the value in parenthesis.
4 The % value of the overload capacity indicated is the ratio of the overload current to the inverter’s rated output current. For repeated duty, allow time for the inverter and motor to return to or below the temperatures under 100 % load.
5 The maximum output voltage does not exceed the power supply voltage. The maximum output voltage can be changed within the setting range. However, the pulse voltage value of the inverter output side voltage remains unchanged
at about√2 that of the power supply.
6 The braking torque indicated is a short-duration average torque (which varies with motor loss) when the motor alone is decelerated from 60 Hz in the shortest time and is not a continuous regenerative torque. When the motor is decel-
erated from the frequency higher than the base frequency, the average deceleration torque will reduce. Since the inverter does not contain a brake resistor, use the optional brake resistor FR-ABR-(H) when regenerative energy is large.
A brake unit FR-BU2 or BU2 may also be used. (Option brake resisitor cannot be used for FR-E720S-008SC and 015SC.)
7 The power supply capacity varies with the value of the power supply side inverter impedance (including those of the input choke and cables).

61
 Frequency Inverters

FR-F700 energy saving inverters

Mitsubishi Electric’s FR-F700 series is a range of zz Fans and blowers

frequency inverters with truly exceptional power zz Hydraulics systems
conservation capabilities. These inverters are
ideal for pumps, ventilation fans and applications zz Compressors
with reduced overload requirements such as: zz Sewage and drains systems
zz Air conditioning systems, e.g. in zz Ground water pumps
building management (integrated BACNet) zz Heat pumps
zz Air extraction systems zz Drive systems with high idling rates

FR-F740-m-EC/-E1
Product line
00023 00038 00052 00083 00126 00170 00250 00310 00380 00470 00620 00770 00930 01160
Rated motor kW 120 % overload capacity (SLD) 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55
5

capacity 1  150 % overload capacity (LD) 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55
I rated 6 2.3 3.8 5.2 8.3 12.6 17 25 31 38 47 62 77 93 116
120 %
overload I max. 60 2.5 4.2 5.7 9.1 13.9 18.7 27.5 34.1 41.8 51.7 68.2 84.7 102.3 127.5
capacity (SLD) 5 I max. 3 s 2.8 4.6 6.2 10 15.1 20.4 30 37.2 45.6 56.4 74.4 92.4 111.6 139.2
Rated A
current 6 I rated 6 2.1 3.5 4.8 7.6 11.5 16 23 29 35 43 57 70 85 106
150 %
overload I max. 60 2.5 4.2 5.8 9.1 13.8 19.2 27.6 34.8 42 51.6 68.4 84 102 127.2

7 Output capacity (LD) I max. 3 s 3.1 5.2 7.2 11.4 17.2 24 34.5 43.5 52.5 64.5 85.5 105 127.5 159
Rated output SLD 5 1.8 2.9 4.0 6.3 9.6 13 19.1 23.6 29.0 35.8 47.3 58.7 70.9 88.4
capacity  kVA LD 1.6 2.7 3.7 5.8 8.8 12.2 17.5 22.1 26.7 32.8 43.4 53.3 64.8 80.8
SLD 120 % of rated motor capacity for 3 s; 110 % for 1 min. (max. ambient temperature 40 °C) – typical for pumps and fans
Frequency Inverters

Overload
capacity 2 LD 150 % of rated motor capacity for 3 s; 120 % for 1 min. (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – typical for conveyor belts and centrifuges
Voltage 3 3-phase AC, 0 V to power supply voltage
Frequency range 0.5–400 Hz
Carrier frequency 0.7–14.5 kHz (user adjustable)
Power supply voltage 3-phase, 380–500 V AC, -15 %/+10 %
Voltage range 323–550 V AC at 50/60 Hz
Input Power supply frequency 50/60 Hz ±5 %
Rated input SLD 5 2.8 5.0 6.1 10 13 19 22 31 37 45 57 73 88 110
capacity 4  kVA LD 2.5 4.5 5.5 9 12 17 20 28 34 41 52 66 80 100
Acceleration/deceleration time 0; 0.1 to 3600 s (can be set individually)
Acceleration/deceleration characteristics Linear or S-form course, user selectable
Control
Operating frequency (0–120 Hz), operating time (0–10 s) and operating voltage (0–30 %) can be set individually.
DC injection brake The DC brake can also be activated via the digital input.

Single painted PCB 156569 156570 156571 156572 156573 156594 156595 156596 156597 156598 156599
Order in- Double painted PCB (-E1) 158589 158591 158592 158593 158594 158595 158596 158597 158598 158599 158600 158601 158602 158603
Art. no.
formation 7 Input power frame 169827 169828 169829
Control card FR-CF70-EC 189878 189878 189878
Remarks:
1 The performance figures at the rated motor capacity are based on a motor voltage of 440 V AC.
2 The overload capacity in % is the ratio of the overload current to the inverter’s rated current in the respective operating mode. For repeated duty cycles allow sufficient time for the inverter and the motor to cool below the temperature
reached at 100 % load. The waiting periods can be calculated using the r.m.s. current method (I²xt), which requires knowledge of the duty.
3 The maximum output voltage cannot exceed the power supply voltage. The output voltage can be varied over the entire power supply voltage range.
4 The rated input capacity varies depending on the impedance values on the power supply side of the inverter (including the cables and input choke).
5 When the load curve with 120 % overload capacity is selected the maximum permitted ambient temperature is 40 °C.
6 When operating with carrier frequencies ≥2 kHz this value is reduced automatically as soon as the frequency inverter exceeds 85 % of the rated output current.

62
 Frequency Inverters

FR-F740-m-EC
Product line
01800 02160 02600 03250 03610 04320 04810 05470 06100 06830 07700 08660 09620 10940 12120
Rated motor kW 120 % overload capacity (SLD) 90 110 132 160 185 220 250 280 315 355 400 450 500 560 630
5

capacity 1  150 % overload capacity (LD) 75 90 110 132 160 185 220 250 280 315 355 400 450 500 560
120 % I rated 6 180 216 260 325 361 432 481 547 610 683 770 866 962 1094 1212
overload I max. 60 198 238 286 357 397 475 529 602 671 751 847 953 1058 1203 1333
capacity (SLD) 5 I max. 3 s 216 259 312 390 433 518 577 656 732 820 924 1039 1154 1313 1454
Rated A
current 6
I rated 6 144 180 216 260 325 361 432 481 547 610 683 770 866 962 1094
150 %
overload I max. 60 173 216 259 312 390 433 518 577 656 732 820 924 1039 1154 1313
Output capacity (LD) I max. 3 s 216 270 324 390 487 541 648 721 820 915 1024 1155 1299 1443 1641
Rated output SLD 5 137 165 198 248 275 329 367 417 465 521 587 660 733 834 924
capacity [kVA] LD 110 137 165 198 248 275 329 367 417 465 521 587 660 733 834
Overload SLD 120 % of rated motor capacity for 3 s; 110 % for 1 min. (max. ambient temperature 40 °C) – typical for pumps and fans
capacity 2 LD 150 % of rated motor capacity for 3 s; 120 % for 1 min. (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – typical for conveyor belts and centrifuges
Voltage 3 3-phase AC, 0 V to power supply voltage
Frequency range 0.5–400 Hz
Carrier frequency 0.7–6 kHz (user adjustable)
Power supply voltage 3-phase, 380–500 V AC, -15 %/+10 %
Voltage range 323–550 V AC at 50/60 Hz
Input Power supply frequency 50/60 Hz ±5 %
Rated input kVA SLD 137 165 198 248 275 329 367 417 465 520 587 660 733 834 924
5

capacity 4 LD 110 137 165 198 248 275 329 367 417 465 520 587 660 733 834

Frequency inverters
Order in-
7 Input power frame Art. no. 169830 169831 169832 169833 169834 169835 169836 169837 169838 169839 169840 169841 169842 169843 169844
formation
Control card FR-CF70-ECT 189879 189879 189879 189879 189879 189879 189879 189879 189879 189879 189879 189879 189879 189879 189879
Remarks:
1 The performance figures at the rated motor capacity are based on a motor voltage of 440 V AC.
2 The overload capacity in % is the ratio of the overload current to the inverter’s rated current in the respective operating mode. For repeated duty cycles allow sufficient time for the inverter and the motor to cool below the temperature
reached at 100 % load. The waiting periods can be calculated using the r.m.s. current method (I²xt), which requires knowledge of the duty.
3 The maximum output voltage cannot exceed the power supply voltage. The output voltage can be varied over the entire power supply voltage range.
4 The rated input capacity varies depending on the impedance values on the power supply side of the inverter (including the cables and input choke).
5 When the load curve with 120 % overload capacity is selected the maximum permitted ambient temperature is 40 °C.
7
6 When operating with carrier frequencies ≥2 kHz this value is reduced automatically as soon as the frequency inverter exceeds 85 % of the rated output current.

Frequency Inverters

63
 Frequency Inverters

FR-A741 high-end inverters with integrated power regeneration function

The FR-A741 is the latest addition to the high- zz 100 % braking energy infeed
performance FR-A700 series and sets new zz No braking resistor required
standards with an integrated power regen-
eration function that also improves braking zz No external braking chopper required
performance. zz Up to 40 % less installation space, depending
Featuring a large number of innovative technol- on the output capacity
ogies, this compact frequency inverter delivers zz Integrated AC reactor
exceptional performance and is ideal for hoist zz Integrated PLC function
drives and high-powered machines with torque
that can be used for regenerative braking. zz PM auto tuning

Compared to a frequency inverter with standard

braking technology it offers decisive advan-
tages:

FR-A741-m
Product line
5.5K 7.5K 11K 15K 18.5K 22K 30K 37K 45K 55K
Rated motor kW 200 % overload capacity (ND) 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55
capacity 1 
Rated A 200 % overload capacity (ND) 12 17 23 31 38 44 57 71 86 110
current 3
Rated output capacity 2kVA 9.1 13 17.5 23.6 29 32.8 43.4 54 65 84
Output Overload capacity 3 150 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 200 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C)
Voltage d 3-phase AC, 0 V to power supply voltage
Frequency range  Hz 0.2–400

7 Regenerative braking torque

Carrier frequency  kHz
100 % continuous/150 % for 60 s
0.7–14.5
Power supply voltage 3-phase, 380–480 V AC, -15 %/+10 %
Voltage range 323–528 V AC at 50/60 Hz
Frequency Inverters

Input
Power supply frequency 50/60 Hz ±5 %
Rated input capacity ekVA 12 17 20 28 34 41 52 66 80 100
Acceleration/deceleration time 0; 0.1–3600 s (can be set individually)
Acceleration/deceleration characteristics Linear or S-form course, user selectable
Control
Operating frequency (0–120 Hz), operating time ( 0–10 s) and operating voltage (0–30 %) can be set individually.
DC injection brake The DC brake can also be activated via the digital input.

Order information Art. no. 216905 216906 216907 216908 216909 217397 216910 216911 216912 216913
Remarks:
1 The rated motor capacity indicated is the maximum capacity applicable for use of the Mitsubishi Electric 4-pole standard motor.
2 The rated output capacity indicated assumes that the output voltage is 440 V.
3 The % value of the overload capacity indicates the ratio of the overload current to the inverter's rated output current.
For repeated duty, allow time for the inverter and motor to return to or below the temperatures under 100 % load.
4 The maximum output voltage does not exceed the power supply voltage. The maximum output voltage can be changed within the setting range.
However, the pulse voltage value of the inverter output side voltage remains unchanged at about √2 that of the power supply.
5 The power supply capacity varies with the value of the power supply side inverter impedance (including those of the input choke and cables).

64
 Frequency Inverters

FR-A770 inverters

The frequency inverter FR-A770 is the first zz Overload capacity of 150 % for 60 sec
choice for operation under rough environmental zz Integrated PLC function
conditions like waste water treatment, min-
ing, oil industry or shipping. It was especially zz Standard interfaces USB, RS485 and
designed for industrial networks with 690 V ­Modbus®/RTU
power supply. zz Compatible to standard networks like
zz The functionality of the FR-A770 is based on ­CC-Link, CC-Link IE Field, Profibus DP, Profinet,
the series FR-A740-EC. EtherNet IP, DeviceNet™ and LonWorks
zz Power supply voltage 690 V zz Plug and play integarion into motion systems
zz Rated motor capacity of 355 kW and 630 kW

FR-A770-m-K-79
Product line
355/400K 560/630K
Rated motor
capacity 1 150 % overload capacity 355/400 560/630

150 % over- I rated 401 (344) 2

611 (545) 2
Rated current  A load capacity
I max. 60 s 602 (516) 917 (818)
Output
Rated output capacity  kVA 479 (411) 730 (651)
Overload capacity 150 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s
Frequency range 0.2–400 Hz
Modulation control PPM control with 2 kHz carrier frequency
Power supply voltage
Voltage range
3-phase, 600–690 V AC, ±10 %
540–759 V AC at 50/60 Hz
7
Input
Power supply frequency 50/60 Hz ±5 %

Frequency Inverters
Rated input capacity  kVA 463 730
Acceleration/deceleration time 0; 0.1–3600 s (can be set individually)
Acceleration/deceleration characteristics Linear or S-form course, user selectable
Control
Operating frequency (0–120 Hz), operating time ( 0–10 s) and operating voltage (0–30 %) can be set individually.
DC injection brake The DC brake can also be activated via the digital input.

Order information Art. no. 268859 268860

Remarks:
1 Motor capacity derating is required when input voltage is below 660 V.
2 When operating the vector control using a motor with encoder and a plug-in option FR-A7AP/FR-A7AL, the related output current is the value in parentheses and maximum surrounding air temperature reduces to 40 °C.
The following functions are not available: power failure-time deceleration-to-stop function, DC feeding, regenerative function, soft PWM operation selection.

65
 Frequency Inverters

FR-A800 high-end inverters

The FR-A800 frequency inverters combine inno- zz Conveyor technology

vative functions and reliable technology with zz Chemical machines
maximum power, economy and flexibility.
zz Winding machines
The FR-A800 is the appropriate inverter for
demanding drive tasks with requirements for zz Printing machines
high torque and excellent frequency precision zz Cranes and lifting gear
and for positioning applications. zz High-bay warehousing systems
For applications under special environmental zz Extruders
conditions, there is also a dust- and water-proof
type availible with protective structure IP55. zz Centrifuges

The wide range of functionality, like programable zz Machine tools

PLC function, the outstanding drive features and
the possibility of controlling IM and PM motors
makes the inverter suitable vor versatile applica-
tions like:

FR-A840-m-2-60
Product line
00023 00038 00052 00083 00126 00170 00250 00310 00380 00470 00620 00770 00930 01160
120 % overload capacity (SLD) 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55
Rated motor 150 % overload capacity (LD) 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55
capacity 1 kW 200 % overload capacity (ND) 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45
250 % overload capacity (HD) 0.2 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37
120 % I rated 2.3 3.8 5.2 8.3 12.6 17 25 31 38 47 62 77 93 116
overload I max. 60 s 2.1 4.2 5.7 9.1 13.9 18.7 27.5 34.1 41.8 51.7 68.2 84.7 102.3 127.6
7 capacity (SLD) I max. 3 s 2.8
150 % I rated 2.1
4.6
3.5
6.2
4.8
10.0
7.6
15.1
11.5
20.4
16
30.0
23
37.2
29
45.6
35
56.4
43
74.4
57
92.4
70
111.6
85
139.2
106
overload I max. 60 s 2.5 4.2 5.8 9.1 13.8 19.2 27.6 34.8 42.0 51.6 68.4 84.0 102.0 127.2
capacity (LD)
Frequency Inverters

Rated I max. 3 s 3.2 5.3 7.2 11.4 17.3 24.0 34.5 43.5 52.5 64.5 85.5 105.0 127.5 159.0
current A
200 % I rated 1.5 2.5 4 6 9 12 17 23 31 38 44 57 71 86
overload I max. 60 s 2.3 3.8 6.0 9.0 13.5 18.0 25.5 34.5 46.5 57.0 66.0 85.5 106.5 129.0
capacity (ND) I max. 3 s 3.0 5.0 8.0 12.0 18.0 24.0 34.0 46.0 62.0 76.0 88.0 114.0 142.0 172.0
250 % I rated 0.8 1.5 2.5 4 6 9 12 17 23 31 38 44 57 71
Output
overload I max. 60 s 1.6 3.0 5.0 8.0 12.0 18.0 24.0 34.0 46.0 62.0 76.0 88.0 114.0 142.0
capacity (HD) I max. 3 s 2.0 3.8 6.3 10.0 15.0 22.5 30.0 42.5 57.5 77.5 95.0 110.0 142.5 177.5
SLD 110 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 120 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 40 °C) – inverse time characteristics
Overload LD 120 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 150 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
capacity 2 ND 150 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 200 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
HD 200 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 250 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
Voltage 3 3-phase AC, 380–500 V to power supply voltage
Frequency range 0.2–590 Hz
Control method V/f; advanced magnetic flux vector, real sensorless vector (RSV), closed loop vector, PM sensorless vector control
Brake transistor 100 % ED Built-in
Maximum brake regenerative 100 % torque/2 % ED with built-in brake resistor 20 % torque/continuous
torque with FR-ABR option 7 100 % torque/10 %ED 100 % torque/6 %ED —
Over exitation brake up to 150 % torque
Minimum brake resistance values 6Ω 371 236 190 130 83 66 45 34 34 21 21 13.5 13.5 13.5
Power supply voltage 3-phase, 380–500 V AC, -15 %/+10 %/External power supply of 24 V DC for control circuit
Voltage range 323–550 V AC at 50/60 Hz (Undervoltage level is selectable by parameter.)
Power supply frequency 50/60 Hz ±5 %
SLD 3.2 5.4 7.8 10.9 16.4 22.5 31.7 40.3 48.2 58.4 76.8 97.6 115 141
Rated input A LD 3 4.9 7.3 10.1 15.1 22.3 31 38.2 44.9 53.9 75.1 89.7 106 130
Input current h ND 2.3 3.7 6.2 8.3 12.3 17.4 22.5 31 40.3 48.2 56.5 75.1 91 108
HD 1.4 2.3 3.7 6.2 8.3 12.3 17.4 22.5 31 40.3 48.2 56.5 75.1 91
SLD 2.5 4.1 5.9 8.3 12 17 24 31 37 44 59 74 88 107
Power supply kVA LD 2.3 3.7 5.5 7.7 12 17 24 29 34 41 57 68 81 99
capacity 4 ND 1.7 2.8 4.7 6.3 9.4 13 17 24 31 37 43 57 69 83
HD 1.1 1.7 2.8 4.7 6.3 9.4 13 17 24 31 37 43 57 69
Acceleration/deceleration time 0–3600 s (can be set individually), linear or S-pattern acceleration/deceleration mode, backlash measures acceleration/deceleration can be selected.
Control Acceleration/deceleration characteristics Linear or S-form course, user selectable
DC injection brake Operating frequency (0–120 Hz), operating time ( 0–10 s) and operating voltage (0–30 %) can be set individually.
The DC brake can also be activated via the digital input.

Order information  Art. no. 266741 266742 266743 266744 266745 266746 266747 266748 266749 266750 266751 266752 266753 266754
Remarks:
Explanation for 1 to 8 see next page.

66
 Frequency Inverters

FR-A840-m-2-60
Product line
01800 02160 02600 03250 03610 04320 04810 05470 06100 06830
120 % overload capacity (SLD) 75/90 110 132 160 185 220 250 280 315 355
Rated motor 150 % overload capacity (LD) 75 90 110 132 160 185 220 250 280 315
capacity 1 kW 200 % overload capacity (ND) 55 75 90 110 132 160 185 220 250 280
250 % overload capacity (HD) 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 185 220 250
120 % I rated 180 216 260 325 361 432 481 547 610 683
overload I max. 60 s 198 238 286 358 397 475 529 602 671 751
capacity (SLD) I max. 3 s 216 259 312 390 433 518 577 656 732 820
150 % I rated 144 180 216 260 325 361 432 481 547 610
overload I max. 60 s 173 216 259 312 390 433 518 577 656 732
capacity (LD) I max. 3 s 216 270 324 390 488 542 648 722 821 915
Rated
current A
200 % I rated 110 144 180 216 260 325 361 432 481 547
overload I max. 60 s 165 216 270 324 390 488 542 648 722 821
capacity (ND) I max. 3 s 220 288 360 432 520 650 722 864 962 1094
250 % I rated 86 110 144 180 216 260 325 361 432 481
Output overload I max. 60 s 172 220 288 360 432 520 650 722 864 962
capacity (HD) I max. 3 s 215 275 360 450 540 650 813 903 1080 1203
SLD 110 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 120 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 40 °C) – inverse time characteristics
Overload LD 120 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 150 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
capacity 2 ND 150 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 200 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
HD 200 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 250 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
Voltage 3 3-phase AC, 380–500 V to power supply voltage
Frequency range 0.2–590 Hz
Control method V/f; advanced magnetic flux vector, real sensorless vector (RSV), closed loop vector, PM sensorless vector control
Brake transistor 100 % ED Built-in FR-BU2/BU-UFS (option)
20 %
Maximum brake regenerative torque/ 10 % torque/continuous
torque 6 continuous
with FR-ABR option g — —
Over exitation brake
Minimum brake resistance values 6Ω 13.5
up to 150 % torque
— 7
Power supply voltage 3-phase, 380–500 V AC, -15 %/+10 %/External power supply of 24 V DC for control circuit
Voltage range 323–550 V AC at 50/60 Hz (Undervoltage level is selectable by parameter.)

Frequency Inverters
Power supply frequency 50/60 Hz ±5 %
SLD 180 216 260 325 361 432 481 547 610 683
Rated input kVA LD 144 180 216 260 325 361 432 481 547 610
Input current h ND 134 144 180 216 260 325 361 432 481 547
HD 108 110 144 180 216 260 325 361 432 481
SLD 137 165 198 248 275 329 367 417 465 521
Power supply kVA LD 110 137 165 198 248 275 329 367 417 465
capacity 4 ND 102 110 137 165 198 248 275 329 367 417
HD 83 84 110 137 165 198 248 275 329 367
Acceleration/deceleration time 0–3600 s (can be set individually), linear or S-pattern acceleration/deceleration mode, backlash measures acceleration/deceleration can be selected.
Acceleration/deceleration characteristics Linear or S-form course, user selectable
Control
Operating frequency (0–120 Hz), operating time ( 0–10 s) and operating voltage (0–30 %) can be set individually.
DC injection brake The DC brake can also be activated via the digital input.

Order information  Art. no. 266755 266756 266757 266758 266759 266760 266761 266762 266763 266764
Remarks:
1 The applied motor capacity indicated is the maximum capacity applicable for use of the Mitsubishi Electric 4-pole standard motor. The 200 % overload capacity (ND) is the factory default setting.
2 The % value of the overload capacity indicates the ratio of the overload current to the inverter's rated output current. For repeated duty, allow time for the inverter and motor to return to or below the temperatures under 100 % load.
The waiting periods can be calculated using the r.m.s. current method (I²xt), which requires knowledge of the duty.
3 The maximum output voltage does not exceed the power supply voltage. The maximum output voltage can be changed within the setting range.
However, the pulse voltage value of the inverter output side voltage remains unchanged at about √2 that of the power supply.
4 The rated input capacity varies depending on the impedance values on the power supply side of the inverter (including the cables and input choke).
5 FR-DU08: IP40 (except for the PU connector)
6 Value for the ND rating
7 The braking capability of the inverter can be improved with a optional brake resistor. Please do not use resistor values below the given minimum values.
8 The rated input current indicates a value at a rated output voltage. The impedance at the power supply side (including those of the input choke and cables) affects the rated input current.

67
 Frequency Inverters

FR-A842-m-2-60
Product line
07700 08660 09620 10940 12120
120 % overload capacity (SLD) 400 450 500 560 630
Rated motor 150 % overload capacity (LD) 355 400 450 500 560
capacity 1 kW 200 % overload capacity (ND) 315 355 400 450 500
250 % overload capacity (HD) 280 315 355 400 450
120 % I rated 770 866 962 1094 1212
overload I max. 60 s 847 952 1058 1203 1333
capacity (SLD) I max. 3 s 924 1039 1154 1314 1454
150 % I rated 683 770 866 962 1094
overload I max. 60 s 820 924 1039 1154 1314
Rated capacity (LD) I max. 3 s 1024 1155 1299 1443 1641
current A
200 % I rated 610 683 770 866 962
overload I max. 60 s 915 1024 1155 1299 1443
capacity (ND) I max. 3 s 1220 1366 1540 1732 1924
250 % I rated 547 610 683 770 866
Output overload I max. 60 s 1094 1220 1366 1540 1732
capacity (HD) I max. 3 s 1367 1525 1707 1925 2165
SLD 587 660 733 834 924
Rated output LD 521 587 660 733 834
capacity 2 kVA ND 465 521 587 660 733
HD 417 465 521 587 660
SLD 110 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 120 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 40 °C) – inverse time characteristics
Overload LD 120 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 150 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
capacity 3
ND 150 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 200 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
HD 200 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 250 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
Voltage 4 3-phase AC, 380–500 V to power supply voltage
Frequency range 0.2–590 Hz
Control method V/f; advanced magnetic flux vector, real sensorless vector (RSV), closed loop vector, PM sensorless vector control
Maximum brake torque  regenerative 10 % torque/continuous
Over exitation brake up to 150 % torque
Separate power supply for control circuit 1-phase AC, 380–500 V at 50/60 Hz (low voltage level adjustable by parameter), 24 V DC

7 Power
supply
Power supply 430–780 V DC
Permissible fluctuation of seperated control circuit Frequency ±5 %, voltage ±10 %
power supply
Acceleration/deceleration time 0–3600 s (can be set individually), linear or S-pattern acceleration/deceleration mode, backlash measures acceleration/deceleration can be selected.
Frequency Inverters

Control Acceleration/deceleration characteristics Linear or S-form course, user selectable

Operating frequency (0–120 Hz), operating time ( 0–10 s) and operating voltage (0–30 %) can be set individually.
DC injection brake The DC brake can also be activated via the digital input.
Order information  Art. no. 266765 266766 266767 266768 266769
Remarks:
1 The applied motor capacity indicated is the maximum capacity applicable for use of the Mitsubishi Electric 4-pole standard motor. The 200 % overload capacity (ND) is the factory default setting.
2 The rated output capacity indicated assumes that the output voltage is 440 V.
3 The % value of the overload capacity indicates the ratio of the overload current to the inverter's rated output current. For repeated duty, allow time for the inverter and motor to return to or below the temperatures under 100 % load.
The waiting periods can be calculated using the r.m.s. current method (I²xt), which requires knowledge of the duty.
4 The maximum output voltage does not exceed the power supply voltage. The maximum output voltage can be changed within the setting range.
However, the pulse voltage value of the inverter output side voltage remains unchanged at about √2 that of the power supply.

68
 Frequency Inverters

FR-A846-m-L2
Product line
00023 00038 00052 00083 000126 00170 00250 00310 00380 00470
Rated motor 150 % overload capacity (LD) 0,75 1,5 2,2 3,7 5,5 7,5 11 15 18,5 22
capacity 1 kW
200 % overload capacity (ND) 0,4 0,75 1,5 2,2 3,7 5,5 7,5 11 15 18,5
Rated 150 % overload capacity (LD) 2,1 3,5 4,8 7,6 11,5 16 23 29 35 43
current A
200 % overload capacity (ND) 1,5 2,5 4 6 9 12 17 23 31 38
Rated output LD 1,6 2,7 3,7 5,8 8,8 12 18 22 27 33
capacity 2 kVA ND 1,1 1,9 3 4,6 6,9 9,1 13 18 24 29
Output Overload LD 120 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 150 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 40 °C)
capacity 3 ND 150 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 200 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 40 °C)
Voltage 4 3-phase, 380–500 V to power supply voltage
Frequency range Hz 0,2–590
Control method V/f; advanced magnetic flux vector, real sensorless vector (RSV), closed loop vector, PM sensorless vector control
Maximum brake torque  regenerative 10 % torque/continuous
Over exitation brake up to 150 % torque
Power supply voltage 3-phase, 380–500 V AC, -15 %/+10 %/External power supply of 24 V DC for control circuit
Voltage range 323–550 V AC at 50/60 Hz (low voltage level adjustable by parameter)
Frequency range 50/60 Hz ±5 %
Power LD 2,1 3,5 4,8 7,6 11,5 16 23 29 35 43
supply Rated input A
current ND 1,5 2,5 4 6 9 12 17 23 31 38
Rated input kVA LD 1,6 2,7 3,7 5,8 8,8 12 18 22 27 33
capacity 5 ND 1,1 1,9 3 4,6 6,9 9,1 13 18 24 29
Acceleration/deceleration time 0–3600 s (can be set individually), linear or S-pattern acceleration/deceleration mode, backlash measures acceleration/deceleration can be selected.
Acceleration/deceleration characteristics Linear or S-form course, user selectable
Control
Operating frequency (0–120 Hz), operating time ( 0–10 s) and operating voltage (0–30 %) can be set individually.
DC injection brake The DC brake can also be activated via the digital input.

Order information  Art. no. 280792 280793 280794 280795 280796 280797 280798 280799 280800 280801

Product line
FR-A846-m-L2
00620 00770 00930 01160 01800 02160 02600 03250 03610
7
Rated motor 150 % overload capacity (LD) 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160
kW

Frequency Inverters
capacity 1 200 % overload capacity (ND) 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132
Rated 150 % overload capacity (LD) 57 70 85 106 144 180 216 260 325
current A
200 % overload capacity (ND) 44 57 71 86 110 144 180 216 260
Rated output LD 43 53 65 81 110 137 165 198 248
capacity 2 kVA ND 34 43 54 66 84 110 137 165 198
Output Overload LD 120 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 150 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 40 °C)
capacity 3 ND 150 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 200 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 40 °C)
Voltage 4 3-phase, 380–500 V to power supply voltage
Frequency range Hz 0,2–590
Control method V/f; advanced magnetic flux vector, real sensorless vector (RSV), closed loop vector, PM sensorless vector control
Maximum brake torque  regenerative 10 % torque/continuous
Over exitation brake up to 150 % torque
Power supply voltage 3-phase, 380–500 V AC, -15 %/+10 %/External power supply of 24 V DC for control circuit
Voltage range 323–550 V AC at 50/60 Hz (low voltage level adjustable by parameter)
Frequency range 50/60 Hz ±5 %
Power LD 57 70 85 106 144 180 216 260 325
supply Rated input A
current 5 ND 44 57 71 86 110 144 180 216 260
Rated input kVA LD 43 53 65 81 110 137 165 198 248
capacity 6 ND 34 43 54 66 102 110 137 165 198
Acceleration/deceleration time 0–3600 s (can be set individually), linear or S-pattern acceleration/deceleration mode, backlash measures acceleration/deceleration can be selected.
Acceleration/deceleration characteristics Linear or S-form course, user selectable
Control
Operating frequency (0–120 Hz), operating time ( 0–10 s) and operating voltage (0–30 %) can be set individually.
DC injection brake The DC brake can also be activated via the digital input.

Order information  Art. no. 280802 280803 280804 280805 280806 280807 280808 280809 280810
Remarks:
1 The applied motor capacity indicated is the maximum capacity applicable for use of the Mitsubishi Electric 4-pole standard motor. The 200 % overload capacity (ND) is the factory default setting.
2 The rated output capacity indicated assumes that the output voltage is 440 V.
3 The % value of the overload capacity indicates the ratio of the overload current to the inverter’s rated output current. For repeated duty, allow time for the inverter and motor to return to or below the temperatures under 100 % load.
The waiting periods can be calculated using the r.m.s. current method (I²xt), which requires knowledge of the duty.
4 The maximum output voltage does not exceed the power supply voltage. The maximum output voltage can be changed within the setting range.
However, the pulse voltage value of the inverter output side voltage remains unchanged at about √2 that of the power supply.
5 The rated input capacity varies depending on the impedance values on the power supply side of the inverter (including the cables and input choke).
6 The power supply capacity is the value at the rated output current. It varies by the impedance at the power supply side (including those of the input choke and cables).

69
 Frequency Inverters

FR-A820-m-1-N6
Product line
00046 00077 00105 00167 00250 00340 00490 00630 00770
120 % overload capacity (SLD) 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5
Rated motor 150 % overload capacity (LD) 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.0
capacity 1 kW 200 % overload capacity (ND) 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15.0
250 % overload capacity (HD) 0.2 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11.0
120 % I rated 4.6 7.7 10.5 16.7 25.0 34.0 49.0 63.0 77.0
overload I max. 60 s 5.1 8.5 11.5 18.4 27.5 37.4 53.9 69.3 84.7
capacity (SLD) I max. 3 s 5.5 9.3 12.6 20.0 30.0 40.8 58.8 75.6 92.4
150 % I rated 4.2 7.0 9.6 15.2 23.0 31.0 45.0 58.0 70.5
overload I max. 60 s 5.0 8.4 11.5 18.2 27.6 37.2 54.0 69.6 84.6
capacity (LD) I max. 3 s 6.3 10.5 14.4 22.8 34.5 46.5 67.5 87.0 105.8
Rated
current A I rated 3.0 5.0 8.0 11.0 17.5 24.0 33.0 46.0 61.0
200 %
overload I max. 60 s 4.5 7.5 12.0 16.5 26.3 36.0 49.5 69.0 91.5
capacity (ND) I max. 3 s 6.0 10.0 16.0 22.0 35.0 48.0 66.0 92.0 122.0
250 % I rated 1.5 3.0 5.0 8.0 11.0 17.5 24.0 33.0 46.0
overload I max. 60 s 3 6.0 10.0 16.0 22.0 35.0 48.0 66.0 92.0
Output capacity (HD) I max. 3 s 3.8 7.5 12.5 20.0 27.5 43.8 60.0 82.5 115.0
SLD 1.8 2.9 4.0 6.4 10.0 13.0 19.0 24.0 29.0
Rated output LD 1.6 2.7 3.7 5.8 8.8 12.0 17.0 22.0 27.0
capacity 2 kVA ND 1.1 1.9 3.0 4.2 6.7 9.1 13.0 18.0 23.0
HD 0.6 1.1 1.9 3.0 4.2 6.7 9.1 13.0 18.0
SLD 110 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 120 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 40 °C) – inverse time characteristics
Overload LD 120 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 150 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
capacity 3 ND 150 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 200 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
HD 200 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 250 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
Voltage 4 3-phase AC, 200–240 V to power supply voltage
Frequency range 0.2–590 Hz
Control method V/f; advanced magnetic flux vector, real sensorless vector (RSV), closed loop vector, PM sensorless vector control

7
Brake transistor 100 % ED Built-in
Maximum brake regenerative 150 % torque/3 % ED 5 100 % torque/3 % ED 5 100 % torque/2 % ED 5 20 % torque/continuous
torque 5 with FR-ABR option 6 100 % ED
Over exitation brake up to 150 % torque
Frequency Inverters

Power supply voltage 3-phase, 200–240 V AC, -15 %/+10 %/External power supply of 24 V DC for control circuit
Voltage range 170–264 V AC at 50/60 Hz
Power supply frequency 50/60 Hz ±5 %
Input SLD 2.0 3.4 5.0 7.5 12.0 17.0 24.0 31.0 37.0
Rated input kVA LD 1.9 3.2 4.7 7.0 11.0 16.0 22.0 29.0 35.0
capacity 7 ND 1.5 2.4 4.0 5.4 8.6 13.0 17.0 23.0 30.0
HD 0.9 1.5 2.4 4.0 5.4 8.6 13.0 17.0 23.0
Acceleration/deceleration time 0–3600 s (can be set individually), linear or S-pattern acceleration/deceleration mode, backlash measures acceleration/deceleration can be selected.
Acceleration/deceleration characteristics Linear or S-form course, user selectable
Control
Operating frequency (0–120 Hz), operating time ( 0–10 s) and operating voltage (0–30 %) can be set individually.
DC injection brake The DC brake can also be activated via the digital input.

Order information  Art. no. 284523 284524 284525 284526 284527 284528 284529 284530 284531
Remarks:
1 The applied motor capacity indicated is the maximum capacity applicable for use of the Mitsubishi Electric 4-pole standard motor. The 200 % overload capacity (ND) is the factory default setting.
2 The rated output capacity indicated assumes that the output voltage is 220 V.
3 The % value of the overload capacity indicates the ratio of the overload current to the inverter's rated output current. For repeated duty, allow time for the inverter and motor to return to or below the temperatures under 100 % load.
The waiting periods can be calculated using the r.m.s. current method (I²xt), which requires knowledge of the duty.
4 The maximum output voltage does not exceed the power supply voltage. The maximum output voltage can be changed within the setting range.
However, the pulse voltage value of the inverter output side voltage remains unchanged at about √2 that of the power supply.
5 Value by the built-in brake resistor.
6 The braking capability of the inverter can be improved with a optional brake resistor. Please do not use resistor values below the given minimum values.
7 The rated input capacity varies depending on the impedance values on the power supply side of the inverter (including the cables and input choke).
8 FR-DU08: IP40 (except for the PU connector)
9 The values displays the maximum possible heat dissipation. Please consider this values during setup of the cabinet.

70
 Frequency Inverters

FR-A820-m-1-N6
Product line
00930 01250 01540 01870 02330 03160 03800 04750
120 % overload capacity (SLD) 22 30 37 45 55 75 90/110 132
Rated motor 150 % overload capacity (LD) 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110
capacity 1 kW 200 % overload capacity (ND) 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90
250 % overload capacity (HD) 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75
120 % I rated 93 125 154 187 233 316 380 475
overload I max. 60 s 102.3 137.5 169.4 205.7 256.3 347.6 418 522.5
capacity (SLD) I max. 3 s 111.6 150 184.8 246.8 279.6 379.2 456 570
150 % I rated 85 114 140 170 212 288 346 432
overload I max. 60 s 102 136.8 168 204 257.4 345.6 415.2 518.4
capacity (LD) I max. 3 s 127.5 171 210 255 318 432 519 648
Rated
current A
200 % I rated 76 90 115 145 175 215 288 346
overload I max. 60 s 114 135 172.5 217.5 262.5 322.5 432 519
capacity (ND) I max. 3 s 152 180 230 290 350 430 576 692
250 % I rated 61 76 90 115 145 175 215 288
overload I max. 60 s 122 152 180 230 290 350 430 576
Output capacity (HD) I max. 3 s 152.5 190 225 287.5 362.5 437.5 537.5 720
SLD 35 48 59 71 89 120 145 181
Rated output LD 32 43 53 65 81 110 132 165
capacity 2 kVA ND 29 34 44 55 67 82 110 132
HD 23 29 34 44 55 67 82 110
SLD 110 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 120 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 40 °C) – inverse time characteristics
Overload LD 120 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 150 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
capacity 3 ND 150 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 200 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
HD 200 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 250 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
Voltage 4 3-phase AC, 200–240 V to power supply voltage
Frequency range 0.2–590 Hz
Control method V/f; advanced magnetic flux vector, real sensorless vector (RSV), closed loop vector, PM sensorless vector control
Brake transistor 100 % ED Built-in —
Maximum brake regenerative
torque 5 with FR-ABR option 6
20 % torque/continuous
100 % ED —
10 % torque/continuous 7
Over exitation brake up to 150 % torque

Frequency Inverters
Power supply voltage 3-phase, 200–240 V AC, -15 %/+10 %/External power supply of 24 V DC for control circuit
Voltage range 170–264 V AC at 50/60 Hz
Power supply frequency 50/60 Hz ±5 %
Input SLD 44 58 70 84 103 120 145 181
Rated input kVA LD 41 53 68 79 97 110 132 165
capacity 7 ND 37 43 57 69 82 101 110 132
HD 30 37 43 57 69 82 82 110
Acceleration/deceleration time 0–3600 s (can be set individually), linear or S-pattern acceleration/deceleration mode, backlash measures acceleration/deceleration can be selected.
Acceleration/deceleration characteristics Linear or S-form course, user selectable
Control
Operating frequency (0–120 Hz), operating time ( 0–10 s) and operating voltage (0–30 %) can be set individually.
DC injection brake The DC brake can also be activated via the digital input.

Order information  Art. no. 284532 284533 284760 284761 284762 284763 284764 284775
Remarks:
1 The applied motor capacity indicated is the maximum capacity applicable for use of the Mitsubishi Electric 4-pole standard motor. The 200 % overload capacity (ND) is the factory default setting.
2 The rated output capacity indicated assumes that the output voltage is 220 V.
3 The % value of the overload capacity indicates the ratio of the overload current to the inverter's rated output current. For repeated duty, allow time for the inverter and motor to return to or below the temperatures under 100 % load.
The waiting periods can be calculated using the r.m.s. current method (I²xt), which requires knowledge of the duty.
4 The maximum output voltage does not exceed the power supply voltage. The maximum output voltage can be changed within the setting range.
However, the pulse voltage value of the inverter output side voltage remains unchanged at about √2 that of the power supply.
5 Value by the built-in brake resistor.
6 The braking capability of the inverter can be improved with a optional brake resistor. Please do not use resistor values below the given minimum values.
7 The rated input capacity varies depending on the impedance values on the power supply side of the inverter (including the cables and input choke).
8 FR-DU08: IP40 (except for the PU connector)
9 The values displays the maximum possible heat dissipation. Please consider this values during setup of the cabinet.

71
 Frequency Inverters

Converter module FR-CC2

The converter module FR-CC2 is a diode At a rated motor capacity of 280 kW and higher
converter unit. It has to be used together with the frequency inverter is divided in a converter
the FR-A842 inverter unit. The separation of the unit (FR-CC2) and an inverter unit (FR-A842).
inverter and the converter module allows flex- Both units are connected via DC bus.
ible design of different systems such as parallel
drive and common bus line to reduce cost and
to minimize installation space.

Product line 315K 355K 400K 450K 500K 560K 630K

Rated motor capacity kW 315 355 400 450 500 560 630
Overload capacity 1 150 % for 60 s, 120 % for 60 s, 110 % for 60 s,
200 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s, 250 % for 3 s
Output 200 % for 3 s 150 % for 3 s 120 % for 3 s
Voltage 2 430–780 V 4
Power supply voltage 3-phase, 380–500 V AC
Voltage range 3-phase, 323–550 V AC
Input Power supply frequency 50/60 Hz ±5 %
Rated current A 610 683 770 866 962 1094 1212
Rated input capacity 3kVA 465 521 587 660 733 833 924

Order information  Art. no. 274507 274508 274509 274510 274511 279637 279638
1 The % value of the overload current rating indicated is the ratio of the overload current to the inverter’s rated output current. For repeated duty, allow time for the converter unit and the inverter to return to or below the temperatures under 100 % load.
7 2 The converter unit output voltage varies according to the input power supply voltage and the load. The maximum point of the voltage waveform at the converter unit output side is approximately the power supply voltage multiplied by √2.
3 The power supply capacity is the value at the rated output current. It varies by the impedance at the power supply side (including those of the input choke and cables).
4 The permissible voltage imbalance ratio is 3 % or less. (Imbalance ratio = (highest voltage between lines – average voltage between three lines)/average voltage between three lines x100)
Frequency Inverters

Compatible inverters
The table below shows the inverter models compatible with the FR-CC2 converter units.

Inverter
Motor Converter
capacity unitt SLD (superlight duty) LD (light duty) ND (normal duty, initial value) HD (heavy duty)
[kW] 1 FR-CC2-Hm Model Rated Model Rated Model Rated Model Rated
FR-A842-m current [A] FR-A842-m current [A] FR-A842-m current [A] FR-A842-m current [A]
280 315K — — — — — — — — — 315K 07700 547
315 315K — — — — — — 315K 07700 610 355K 08660 610
355 355K — — — 315K 07700 683 355K 08660 683 400K 09620 683
400 400K 315K 07700 770 355K 08660 770 400K 09620 770 450K 10940 770
450 450K 355K 08660 866 400K 09620 866 450K 10940 866 500K 12120 866
500 500K 400K 09620 962 450K 10940 962 500K 12120 962 — — —
1 The applicable motor capacity indicated is the maximum capacity applicable for use of the Mitsubishi Electric 4-pole standard motor.

72
 Frequency Inverters

Internal and external options

A large number of options allows an individual Internal options

adoption of the inverter to the according task.
The internal options comprise input and output
The options can be installed quickly and easily.
extensions as well as communications options
Detailed information on installation and func-
supporting the operation of the inverter within
tions is included in the manual of the options.
a network or connected to a personal computer
The options can be divided into two major or PLC.
categories:
zz Internal options External options
zz External options In addition to the parameter unit that enables
interactive operation of the frequency inverter
the available external options also include addi-
tional EMC noise filters, chokes for improving
efficiency and brake units with brake resistors.

Option Description FR-D700 SC FR-E700 SC FR-F700 FR-A741/770 FR-A800 FR-HC2

Digital input Input of the frequency setting via BCD or binary code — U U U U —
Selectable standard output signals of the inverter can be output
Digital output at the open collector. — U U U U —
Selectable additional signals can be output and indicated at the
Expansion analog output analog output. — U U U U —
Selectable standard output signals of the inverter can be output
Relay output through relay terminals. — U U U U —
Orientation control, These options are used for position control, precise speed control and
encoder feedback (PLG), — — — U U —
vector and master slave control
Orientation control, encoder feedback
master/slave control.

These options are used for position control, precise speed control,
— — — — U —
7
TTL/HTL/Resolver positioning of IM and PM motors and master/slave control.
CC-Link Integration of a frequency inverter into a CC-Link. — U U U U U

Frequency Inverters
CC-Link IE Field Integration of a frequency inverter into a CC-Link IE Field network. — — — U U —
Internal
options BACnet IP Integration of a frequency inverter into a BACnet IP network. — — U U — U

Modbus®/TCP Integration of a frequency inverter into a Modbus®/TCP network. — — U U — U

EtherNet/IP Integration of a frequency inverter into a EtherNet/IP network. — — U U U U

Communications EtherCat Integration of a frequency inverter into a EtherCat network. — — — — U —

LonWorks Integration of a frequency inverter into a LonWorks network. — U U U U —
Profibus DPV1 Integration of a frequency inverter into a Profibus DPV1 network. — — — — U —
Profibus DP PPO Integration of a frequency inverter into a Profibus DP PPO network. — U U U U —
Profinet Integration of a frequency inverter into a Profinet network. — — U U U U
DeviceNet™ Integration of a frequency inverter into a DeviceNet™. — U U U U —
SSCNETIII Integration of a frequency inverter into a SSCNETIII. — — — U — —
RS485 multi-protocol RS485 multi-protocol interface card — — U U — U

Option Description FR-D700 SC FR-E700 SC FR-F700 FR-A741/770 FR-A800

Parameter unit (8 languages) Interactive parameter unit with LC display. U U U U U
Parameterization and setup software for the Mitsubishi Electric
FR-Configurator software U U U U U
inverter series.
EMC noise filter Noise filter for compliance with EMC directives. U U U U U
For an improvement of the brake capacity. For high inertia loads and
Brake unit U U U U U
active loads. Used in combination with a resistor unit.
To improve the brake capacity; used in combination with the internal
External high-duty brake resistor U U — U U
brake transistor.
External DC choke For increased efficiency, reduction of mains feedback and
options AC chokes ­compensation of voltage fluctuations. U U U U U
IP20 physical contact protection in a freely-locatable floor-standing
Floor standing unit FSU — — U U U
unit. Detailed information on request.
Filter module Passive harmonic filter to reduce mains pollution U U U U U
Regenerative unit Regeneration of electrical energy in short-term operation (ED <50 %) U U U U U
Regenerative unit Regeneration of electrical energy in short-term operation (ED =100 %) U U U U U
Harmonic Converter For power supply and regeneration of electrical energy (ED = 100 %) U U U U U
Communications Profibus DP High speed converter for Profibus DP to RS485 inverter protocol U U U U U

73
 For detailed
information,
please refer
to the family
catalogues.

Servo and Motion Systems

Mitsubishi Electric offers a variety of Servo and With both standard pulse type output modules All MR-JE series motors are fitted with
Motion system products providing solutions for and SSCNET bus modules specific application 131,072 pulse-per-revolution encoders, all MR-J4
applications covering point-to-point and syn- needs are easy to meet. series motors with 4,194,304 pulse-per-revolu-
chronised systems. Systems can be built using The Servo motors and amplifiers take Mitsubishi tion encoders.
a single axis or multi axes, for example when Electric Motion Control to new levels of precision All Mitsubishi Electric Servo and Motion system
using a MELSEC System Q Motion CPU solution with a wide range of motors and a wide range of hardware is complimented by a range of soft-
up to 96 axes can be controlled. amplifiers (up to 110 kW). ware packages allowing easy programming and
set-up of the units.

What are the components of a MR-J4 servo system?

Servomotoren
Utilising the most advanced concentrated Mitsubishi Electric Servo Motors are made to Also, all motors in the MR-J4 series are fitted
winding techniques and latest technology, these high standards and offer a wide range of power, with absolute encoders as standard. Therefore,
brushless servo motors are among the most speed and inertia ratings providing a motor an absolute position system can be created by
compact on the market. for all applications. With a range from 50 W to simply providing power to Servo amplifier via
110 kW and with a considerable number of a battery. Once this has been done the super
motor types like rotary, linear and direct drive capacitor inside the motor and back-up battery
servo motors a complete line-up of products allow the Servomotor position to be constantly
can be offered by Mitsubishi Electric. monitored.

HG-JR 0.5–55 kW *
400 V

HG-SR 0.5–7 kW

HG-RR 1–5 kW

HG-JR 0.5–37 kW *

8 HG-SR 0.5–7 kW
200 V

HG-SN 0.5–3 kW
Servo and Motion Systems

HG-KN 10–750 W
HG-MR 50–750 W
HG-KR 50–750 W

0 1 kW 2 kW 5 kW 7 kW 10 kW 20 kW 30 kW 40 kW 55 kW 100 kW
* >22 kW on request

Improving machine performance with Rotary servo motors achieve high-accuracy, For rough environment conditions some motor
high-performance motors high-torque output during high speed position- series are also available with higher protection
ing and smooth rotation with a high resolution class like IP65 or IP67.
To raise your machine on a high productive
encoder and improved processing speed. Linear The MR-J4 series servo amplifiers are able
level, you need not only powerful servo ampli-
servo motors support highly accurate tandem to operate rotary servo motors, linear servo
fiers but also high performance servo motors.
synchronous control. Direct drive motors are motors, and direct drive motors as standard.
These motors have to support the high encoder
used for compact and rigid machine and high-
resolution of 22 bits with the MR-J4 series for
torque operations.
improved accuracy and speed. Fully closed loop
control is supported as standard. A variety of
models is available to match various applica-
tions.

16 16 times 4000000-pulse
[Resolution comparison]
times encoder

Rotary Linear Direct

servo motor servo motor drive motor
MR-JE series MR-J4 series
17 bits = 131,072 pulses/rev 22 bits = 4,194,304 pulses/rev

74
 Servo and Motion Systems

Servo amplifiers
Mitsubishi Electric offers a wide range of Servo Real Time Adaptive Tuning (RTAT) is a unique The digital pulse-train and analogue units of the
amplifiers to meet the demands of all types of Mitsubishi Electric technology, enabling the MR-JE and the MR-J4 series from 100 W to 55 kW
applications. From standard digital pulse and servo to deliver maximum dynamic perfor- ab. The SSCNETIII/H bus type amplifiers (type
analogue controlled amplifiers through to dedi- mance, even if the load keeps changing, by MR-J4-B/MR-JE-B-Serie) offer the user ease of
cated SSCNETIII/H bus type amplifiers, there is a automatically tuning online (during operation) connectivity, via SSCNETIII/H.
product for all circumstances. to the application.

MR-J4-B 0.6–55 kW *
400 V

MR-J4-A 0.6–55 kW *

MR-JE 0.1 kW–3 kW

200 V

MR-J4-A/B 0.1–37 kW

MR-J4W2-B 0.2–1 kW

MR-J4W3-B 0.2–0.4 kW

* >22 kW on request

Positioning controllers These are: open-collector output type (LD75P/ Motion Controllers
QD75P series), differential output type (LD75D/
For the compact, cost effective, FX range of For specialist applications requiring the highest
QD75D series).
PLCs, the FX2N-10PG unit provides single-axis level of control and precision, the dynamic servo
control with built-in positioning tables, fast Using the SSCNETIII/H system can provide much technology provided by the iQ-R Motion CPU is
external start and an output pulse rate of up to
1 MHz. The module FX3U-20SSC-H is a position-
improved, easier to use positioning systems,
with reduced wiring and better noise immunity.
combined with the powerful processing power
of the MELSEC iQ-R series, creating a completely
8
ing module for the MR-J4-B series. This module All positioning modules provide functions such new generation of motion controller products.
as interpolation, speed control and positioning

Servo and Motion Systems

provides a quick and easy, but efficient positon- This fully integrated and flexible system has
ing control system for simpler applications. operations, etc. For advanced motion applica-
the capability to control up to 192 axes using
tions like axes synchronisation and CAM control
For larger and more complex applications the SSCNETIII/H, which is more than capable for
the Simple Motion modules (FX5-40SSC-S/LD77/
L-series and the MELSEC System Q provide hand­ling any motion application.
QD77) are available.
numerous positioning and Simple motion mod-
ules (1, 2, 4 and 16 axes).

Advanced one-touch tuning function Advanced vibration suppression control II Machine diagnosis function
Servo gain adjustment for precise vibration sup- The vibration suppression algorithm supports This function is a powerful monitoring and
pression control can be done only by one touch. a three-inertia system so that two types of low maintenance support tool. It detects changes
Machine resonance suppression filter, advanced frequency vibrations are suppressed at the same of machine parts (ball screw, guide, bearing,
vibration suppression control II (adjustment for time. For adjustment the setup software MR belt, etc.) by analyzing machine friction, load
one frequency), and robust filter are adjusted Configurator2 is used. This function is effective moment of inertia, unbalanced torque, and
just by turning on this function. The advanced in suppressing vibration at the end of an arm changes in vibration component from the data
vibration suppression control function enables and in reducing residual vibration in a machine. inside the servo amplifier. Monitoring is done
the machine to operate with high speed at the Droop pulses are reduced to a minimum. with the setup software MR Configurator2.
highest performance. Timely maintenance of wear parts will be indi-
cated before breakdown.

75
 Servo and Motion Systems

Multi-axis servo amplifier

2-axis and 3-axis servo amplifiers are available 30 % less installation space than three units of machine design at lower cost. Different types
for operating two and three servo motors, MR-J4-B. Wiring of the 3-axis type is reduced of servo motors including rotary servo motors,
respectively. They are designed to cut waste and by approx. 50 %, because the three axes use linear servo motors, and direct drive motors are
save on space, wiring, and energy use. The 2-axis the same connections for main and control freely combined as long as the servo motors are
servo amplifier MR-J4W2-B requires 26 % less circuit power, peripheral equipment, control compatible with the servo amplifier.
installation space than two units of MR-J4-B, and signal wire, etc. These multi-axis servo ampli-
the 3-axis servo amplifier MR-J4W3-B requires fiers enable energy-conservative and compact

MR-J4-mA MR-J4-mB MR-JE-mA

(General-purpose interface compatible/ (SSCNETIII/H compatible/Drive safety com- (Multi function interface)
Built-in positioning function) patible/Fully closed loop control/Opera- The MR-JE-A has a multi function interface,
Pulse train and analog input, etc., are provided tion with up to three axes) which is compatible to a maximum command
as a standard for the command interface. The Safety functions according EN IEC 61800-5-2: pulse frequency of 4 Mpps. The response of
control mode can be switched accordingly for ”Safe Torque Off” (STO) and ”Safe Stopp” (SS1), 2.0 kHz reduces the settling time and the cycle
position, speed or torque control. ”Safe Brake Control” (SBC), ”Safely Limited time of the machine is considerably shortened.
The MR-J4-A-RJ has an integrated positioning Speed” (SLS), ”Safe Speed Monitor” (SSM) with Additionally there are two analog control inputs
function. A simple positioning system can be optinal safety module MR-D30 and the amplifier availible.
configured without a con-troller such as posi- type MR-J4-B-RJ. Fully closed loop control is also
tioning module. supported. MR-JE-mB
Safety functions according EN IEC 61800-5-2: The MR-J4W2-B servo is designed to drive two (SSCNETIII/H compatible)
”Safe Torque Off” (STO) and ”Safe Stopp” (SS1), servo motors, the MR-J4W3-B to drive three The servo amplifiers MR-JE-B support the
”Safe Brake Control” (SBC), ”Safely Limited servo motors. Both servo amplifier models are SSCNETIII/H bus system and can be combined
Speed” (SLS), ”Safe Speed Monitor” (SSM) with SSCNETIII/H compatible. with simple motion modules. The module have
optinal safety module MR-D30 and the amplifier several motion commands, like mark detection,
type MR-J4-A-RJ. electrical CAM functions ans synchronous con-

8 trol. Up to 16 axes can be combined to a multi

axes system in an easy way.
Servo and Motion Systems

Specifications MR-J4-mA MR-J4-mB MR-J4Wm-mB MR-JE-mA MR-JE-mB

Pulse train/Analog/RS422
Command interface SSCNETIII/H SSCNETIII/H Pulse train/Analog/RS422 SSCNETIII/H
multi-drop
Position/Speed/Torque/ Position/Speed/Torque
Control mode Position/Speed/Torque Position/Speed/Torque Position/Speed/Torque
Fully closed loop control Fully closed loop control
1-phase 200 V AC/ 1-phase 200 V AC/ 1-phase 200 V AC/ 1-phase 200 V AC/ 1-phase 200 V AC/
Power specifications 3-phase 200 V AC/ 3-phase 200 V AC/ 3-phase 200 V AC 3-phase 200 V AC/ 3-phase 200 V AC
3-phase 400 V AC 3-phase 400 V AC
MR-J4W2-mB:
Capacity range 100 W to 55 kW 100 W to 55 kW 200 W to 750 W per axis 100 W to 3 kW 100 W to 3 kW
MR-J4W3-B:
200 W to 400 W per axis

For order information about servo amplifiers higher than 22 kW, please contact your Mitsubishi Electric representative

76
 Servo and Motion Systems

Servo motor features and typical applications

Absolute high-resolution encoder as standard equipment

Inclusion of an absolute position detection With Mitsubishi Electric original absolute mode,
system eliminates the need for a homing an absolute system can be configured using
sequence, approximate DOG and other sensors, conventional I/O even with pulse-train control.
helping to reduce time and enhance reliability.
With these motors high performance and safety
at low speed is ensured.

Model designation Features Application example

Low inertia zz Conveyors
Larger motor inertia moment makes this unit well suited zz Food preparation machinery
for machines with fluctuating load inertia moment or zz Printers
machines with low rigidity such as conveyors. zz Small loaders and unloaders

K zz Small robots and component assembly devices

zz Small X-Y tables
zz Small press feeders

Handling systems

Ultra low inertia zz Inserters, mounters, bonders

Small motor inertia moment makes this unit well suited zz Printed board hole openers
for high-dynamic positioning operations with extra small zz In-circuit testers
cycle times. zz Label printers

M zz Knitting and embroidery machinery

zz Ultra-small robots and robot tips

8
Inserters, mounters, bonders

Servo and Motion Systems

Medium inertia zz Conveyor machinery
Stable control is performed from low to high-speeds, zz Specialised machinery
enabling this unit to handle a wide range of applications zz Robots
(e.g. direct connection to ball screw components). zz Loaders and unloaders

S zz Winders and tension devices

zz Turrets
zz X-Y tables
zz Test devices

Winders and tension devices

Low inertia zz Roll feeders

A compact sized low inertia moment model with medium zz Loaders and unloaders
capacity. Well suited for high-frequency operation. zz high-frequency conveyor machinery

R
Low inertia (400 V) zz Food and packaging
A 400 V servo motor for the MELSERVO-J4 series for a zz Printing machine
power range up to 55 kW with low inertia and high speed. zz Pick up robot for injection molding machine

J
It has a compact size, is equipped with high resolution zz Palletizing machine
encoder and is compatible to gloabal standards. zz General machine which require
high-speed and high-frequency

Wrapping machinery

Note: Other types of motors are available on request.

77
 Servo and Motion Systems

Servo motor specifications and matching amplifiers

Motors for MR-J4 (200 V) series servo amplifiers

Maxi- Servo motor type Amplifier pairing MR-J4

Peak Moment of Rated
Motor Rated mum Rated running inertia output Servo motor
series speed rotation torque Protec-
range J [x10-4 capacity model
200 V [r/min] speed [Nm] Voltage tive 10 20 40 60 70 100 200 350 500 700 11K 15K 22K Art. no.
[Nm] kg m2] [kW]
[r/min] structure
0.16 0.48 0.0162 0.05 HG-MR053 Q 248661
HG-MR
0.32 0.95 0.0300 0.10 HG-MR13 Q 248662

M 3000 6000 0.64

1.3
2.4
0.16
1.9
3.8
7.2
0.56
0.0865
0.142
0.586
0.0450
0.20
0.40
0.75
0.05
HG-MR23
HG-MR43
HG-MR73
HG-KR053
200 V AC IP65

Q
Q
Q
Q
248663
248664
248665
248651
HG-KR
0.32 1.1 0.0777 0.10 HG-KR13 Q 248652

K 3000 6000 0.64

1.3
2.4
2.4
2.2
4.5
8.4
7.2
0.221
0.371
1.26
7.26
0.20
0.40
0.75
0.50
HG-KR23
HG-KR43
HG-KR73
HG-SR52
200 V AC IP65 Q
Q

Q
Q
248653
248654
248655
248671
4.8 14.3 11.6 1.00 HG-SR102 Q 248672
HG-SR
7.2 21.5 16.0 1.50 HG-SR152 Q 248673

S 2000 3000 9.5

16.7
23.9
33.4
28.6
50.1
71,6
100
46.8
78.6
99.7
151
2.00
3.50
5.00
7.00
HG-SR202
HG-SR352
HG-SR502
HG-SR702
200 V AC IP67 Q
Q
Q
Q
248674
248675
248676
248677
4.8
1,6 <6.4> 1
1.52 0.5 HG-JR53 Q Q 2
261539
7.2
2.4 <9.6> 1
2.09 0.75 HG-JR73 Q Q2 261540
9.6
3.2 <12.7> 1
2.65 1.0 HG-JR103 Q Q2 261541
14.3
6000 4.8 <19.1> 1
3.79 1.5 HG-JR153 Q Q 2
261542
HG-JR 3000 19.1
8
J
6.4 <25.5> 1
4.92 2.0 HG-JR203 Q Q2 261543
200 V AC IP67d
10.5 32.0 3.3
<11.1> 3 <44.6> 1 13.2 <3,5> 3 HG-JR353 Q Q23 261544
47.7
Servo and Motion Systems

15.9 <63.7> 1
19.0 5.0 HG-JR503 Q Q2 261545
22.3 66.8 43.3 7.0 HG-JR703 Q 261546
5000
28.6 85.8 55.8 9.0 HG-JR903 Q 261547
70.0 210 220 11 HG-JR11K1M Q 261557
3000
1500 95.5 286 315 15 HG-JR15K1M Q 261558
2500 140 420 489 22 HG-JR22K1M Q 261559
3.2 8.0 1.50 1.0 HG-RR103 Q 262896
HG-RR
4.8 11.9 1.90 1.5 HG-RR153 Q 262897

R 3000 4500 6.4

11.1
15.9
15.9
27.9
39.8
2.30
8.30
12.0
2.0
3.5
5.0
HG-RR203 200 V AC IP65
HG-RR353
HG-RR503
Q
Q
Q
262898
262899
262900
1 The value in angle brackets is applicable when the maximum torque is increased. The maximum torque will be increased by changing the servo amplifier to be combined (see 2).
2 This combination of the HG-JR servo motor and the servo amplifier increases the maximum torque from 300 % to 400 % of the rated torque.
3 The value in angle brackets is applicable when the servo motor is used with MR-J4-500B or MR-J4-500A.
4 22 kW of HG-JR series is rated IP44

78
 Servo and Motion Systems

Motoren für die Servoverstärkerserie MR-J4 (400 V)

Servo motor type Amplifier pairing MR-J4

Maximum Rated Peak Moment Rated Servo
Motor Rated rotation torque running of inertia output motor
series speed speed range J [x10-4 capacity model Protective
400 V [r/min] [Nm] Voltage structure 60 100 200 350 500 700 11K 15K 22K Art. no.
[r/min] [Nm] kg m2] [kW]

2.4 7.2 7.26 0.5 HG-SR524 Q 261431

4.8 14.3 11.6 1.0 HG-SR1024 Q 261432
HG-SR
7.2 21.5 16.0 1.5 HG-SR1524 Q 261433

S 2000 3000 9.5

16.7
23.9
33.4
28.6
50.1
71.6
100
46.8
78.6
99.7
151
2.0
3.5
5.0
7.0
HG-SR2024
HG-SR3524
HG-SR5024
HG-SR7024
400 V AC IP67 Q
Q
Q
Q
261434
261435
261436
261437
4.8
1.6 <6.4> 1 1.52 0.5 HG-JR534 Q Q 2
261445
7.2
2.4 <9.6> 1
2.09 0.75 HG-JR734 Q Q2 261446
9.6
3.2 <12.7> 1
2.65 1.0 HG-JR1034 Q Q2 261447
14.3
6000 4.8 <19.1> 1
3.79 1.5 HG-JR1534 Q Q2 261448
HG-JR 3000 19.1

J
6.4 <25.5> 1 4.92 2.0 HG-JR2034 Q Q2 261449
400 V AC IP67 4
10.5 32.0 3.3
<11.1> 3 <44.6> 1 13.2 <3.5> 3 HG-JR3534 Q Q 23
261450
47.7
15.9 <63.7> 1
19.0 5.0 HG-JR5034 Q Q2 261451
22.3 66.8 43.3 7.0 HG-JR7034 Q 261452
5000
28.6 85.8 55.8 9.0 HG-JR9034 Q 261453
70.0 210 220 11 HG-JR11K1M4 Q 261384
3000
1500 95.5 286 315 15 HG-JR15K1M4 Q 261535
2500 140 420 489 22 HG-JR22K1M4 Q 261536
1 The value in angle brackets is applicable when the maximum torque is increased. The maximum torque will be increased by changing the servo amplifier to be combined (see ).
2

2 This combination of the HG-JR servo motor and the servo amplifier increases the maximum torque from 300 % to 400 % of the rated torque.
3 The value in angle brackets is applicable when the servo motor is used with MR-J4-500B or MR-J4-500A.

8
4 22 kW of HG-JR series is rated IP44

Servo and Motion Systems

Motors for MR-JE series servo amplifiers

Servo motor type Amplifier pairing MR-JE

Maximum Rated Peak Moment Rated
Motor Rated
series speed rotation torque running of inertia output Servo motor
speed range J [x10-4 capacity model Protective 10A
200 V [r/min] [r/min] [Nm] [Nm] kg m2] [kW] Voltage structure 20A 40A 70A 100A 200A 300A Art. no.

HG-KN 0,32 0,95 0,088 0,1 HG-KN13J V 282631

K
0,64 1,9 0,24 0,2 HG-KN23K V 282633
3000 4500 200 V AC IP65
1,3 3,8 0,42 0,4 HG-KN43K V 282635
2,4 7,2 1,43 0,75 HG-KN73JK V 282637
2,39 7,16 6,1 0,5 HG-SN52JK V 282639
HG-SN
4,77 14,3 11,9 1,0 HG-SN102JK 282641

S
V
2000 3000 7,16 21,5 17,8 1,5 HG-SN152JK 200 V AC IP67 V 282643
9,55 28,6 38,3 2,0 HG-SN202JK V 282645
14,3 42,9 58,5 3,0 HG-SN302JK V 282647

79
 Servo and Motion Systems

MR-JE servo amplifier specifications

The MR-JE was designed to reach high perfor- The servo motors are equipped with
mance and to get an easy-to-use servo system 131,072 ­pulses/­rev (17-bit) incremental encoder
MITSUBISHI
for all kind of machines. Proven reliability with for achieving high-accuracy positioning and
a 2.0 kHz highfrequency response, an energy- smooth rotation for applications from 100 W to
MODE
AUTO
SET C
N
3 saving design and the easy setup with Advanced 3 kW. In combination with the MR Configurator2
C
One-Touch Tuning can be offered by MR-JE. software package the servo system is easy to
start-up, to adjust and to analyze.
N
1

C
N
2

L1
L2
L3
P+ C
N
C P
U 1
V
W

MR-JR-10A

Servo amplifier MR-JE-mA 10A 20A 40A 70A 100A 200A 300A
3-phase or 1-phase 200–240 V AC, 3-phase 200–
Power supply 3-phase or 1-phase 200–240 V AC, 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz * 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Control system Sinusoidal PWM control/current control system
Dynamic brake Built-in
Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), encoder fault protection, regeneration fault
Protective functions protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection
Structure/protection Self-cooling, open (IP20) Fan-cooling, open (IP20)
ambient temperature Operation: 0–55 °C (no freezing); storage: -20–65 °C (no freezing)
Environment ambient humidity Operation: 90 % RH max. (no condensation); storage: 90 % RH max. (no condensation)
others Elevation: 1000 m or less above sea level; oscillation: 5.9 m/s2 (0.6 G) max.
max. input pulse frequency 4 Mpps (differential receiver), 200 kpps (open collector)
Position positioning feedback pulse 131072 pulses per servo motor rotation
control mode
torque limit Set by parameters or external analog input (0–+ 10 V DC/maximum torque)
control range Analog speed command 1:2000, internal speed command 1:5000
Speed fluctuation rate ±0.01 % max. (load fluctuation 0–100 %)
control mode
torque limit Set by parameters or external analog input (0–+10 V DC/maximum torque)
command input 0–±8 V DC/maximum torque
8
Torque
control mode speed limit Set by parameters or external analog input (0–±10 V DC, rated speed)
Weight kg 0.8 0.8 0.8 1.5 1.5 2.1 2.1
Dimensions (WxHxD) mm 50x168x135 50x168x135 50x168x135 70x168x185 70x168x185 90x168x195 90x168x195
Servo and Motion Systems

Order information Art. no. 268792 268793 268794 268795 268796 268797 268798

Servoverstärker MR-JE-mB 10B 20B 40B 70B 100B 200B 300B

3-phase or 1-phase 200–240 V AC, 3-phase 200–240
Power supply 3-phase or 1-phase 200–240 V AC, 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz * V AC, 50/60 Hz
Control system Sinusoidal PWM control/current control system
Dynamic brake Built-in
Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), encoder fault protection, regeneration fault
Protective functions protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection
Structure/protection Self-cooling, open (IP20) Fan-cooling, open (IP20)
ambient temperature Operation: 0–55 °C (no freezing); storage: -20–65 °C (no freezing)
Environment ambient humidity Operation: 90 % RH max. (no condensation); storage: 90 % RH max. (no condensation)
others Elevation: 1000 m or less above sea level; oscillation: 5.9 m/s2 (0.6 G) max.
Position/speed control mode, torque control specifications Control via SSCNETIII/H
Communication speed 150 Mbps
Weight kg 0.8 0.8 0.8 1.5 1.5 2.1 2.1
Dimensions (WxHxD) mm 50x168x135 50x168x135 50x168x135 70x168x185 70x168x185 90x168x195 90x168x195

Order information Art. no. 281964 281975 281976 281977 281978 281979 281980
* When 1-phase 200 V AC to 240 V AC power supply is used, use them with 75 % or less of the effective load ratio.

80
 Servo and Motion Systems

MR-J4 servo amplifier specifications

The MELSERVO MR-J4 series is designed for ease zz Compatible with safety functions STO (Safe
of use and setup, safety, energy-efficiency and Torque Off) and SS1 (Safe Stop 1) correspond-
0,768%,6+,
user friendly handling. With additional functions ing EN 61800-5-2 as standard.
like “One-touch Tuning” and “Advanced Vibration The MR-J4-B servo amplifier receives a com-
Suppression Control” the servo performance mand signal from a control system via high
achieves industry-leading level.The range covers speed motion network SSCNETIII/H with a com-
200 V amplifiers from 0.1 to 37 kW and 400 V munication speed of 150 Mbps and a cycle time
amplifiers from 0.6 to 55 kW. of 0.22 ms. This optical network is very reliable in
zz Processing of encoder signals with 22 bit operation because it is not affected by EMC.
resolution (4,194,304 pulses/rev.) For control, the MR-J4-A servo amplifier has a
zz Speed frequency response is increased to pulse train input and two analog inputs for cur-
2.5 kHz rent or voltage. Possible modes of the MR-J4-A
zz Operating of rotary, linear and direct drive are torque, speed or position control.
motors as standard

10A 20A 40A 60A 70A 100A 200A 350A 500A 700A 11KA 15KA 22KA
Common specifications MR-J4-m(-RJ) 10B 20B 40B 60B 70B 100B 200B 350B 500B 700B 11KB 15KB 22KB
3-phase or 1-phase
Power supply 3-phase or 1-phase 200–240 V AC, 50/60 Hz 200–240 V AC, 3-phase 200–240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz *
Control system Sinusoidal PWM control/current control system
Dynamic brake Built-in External option
Speed frequency response 2500 Hz
Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servomotor overheat protection, encoder fault
Protective functions protection, regeneration fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection.
Safety function STO (IEC/EN 61800-5-2); (The functions SS1, SBC, SLS and SSM are available in combination with the optional functional safety unit MR-D30.)
Structure Self-cooling, open (IP20) Fan cooling, open (IP20)
Order information
A-RJ type Art. no. 269247 269248 269249 269250 269251 269252 269253 269254 269265 269266 269267 269268 269269
B-RJ type Art. no. 269279 269280 269281 269282 269283 269284 269285 269286 269287 269288 269289 269290 269291
* When 1-phase 200 V AC to 240 V AC power supply is used, use them with 75 % or less of the effective load ratio.
8
60A4 100A4 200A4 350A4 500A4 700A4 11KA4 15KA4 22KA4
Common specifications MR-J4-m(-RJ) 60B4 100B4 200B4 350B4 500B4 700B4 11KB4 15KB4 22KB4

Servo and Motion Systems

Power supply 3-phase 380–480 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Control system Sinusoidal PWM control/current control system
Dynamic brake Built-in External option
Speed frequency response 2500 Hz
Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servomotor overheat protection, encoder fault
Protective functions protection, regeneration fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection.
Safety function STO (IEC/EN 61800-5-2); (The functions SS1, SBC, SLS and SSM are available in combination with the optional functional safety unit MR-D30.)
Structure Self-cooling, open (IP20) Fan cooling, open (IP20)
Order information
A-RJ type Art. no. 269270 269271 269272 269273 269274 269275 269276 269277 269278
B-RJ type Art. no. 269292 269293 269294 269295 269296 269297 269298 269299 269300

Control specifications MR-J4-m(-RJ) 10A 20A 40A 60A(4) 70A 100A(4) 200A(4) 350A(4) 500A(4) 700A(4) 11KA(4) 15KA(4) 22KA(4)
maximum input pulse frequency 4 Mpps (when using differential receiver), 200 kpps (when using open collector)
Position positioning feedback pulse Resolution per encoder/servo motor rotation: 4194304 pulses/revolution (22 Bit)
control mode command pulse multiple A/B multiple; A: 1–16777215, B: 1–16777215, 1/10 <A/B <4000
torque limit input Set by parameters or external analog input (0–± 10 V DC/maximum torque)
speed control range Analog speed command 1:2000, internal speed command 1:5000
analog speed command input 0–± 10 V DC/rated speed (The speed at 10 V can be changed by parameter.)
Speed
control mode ±0.01 % max. (load fluctuation 0–100 %); 0 % (power fluctuation ±10 %)
speed fluctuation rate ±0.2 % max. (ambient temperature 25 °C ±10 °C ), when using external analog speed command
torque limit Set by parameters or external analog input (0–± 10 V DC/maximum torque)
Torque control torque command input 0–±8 V DC/maximum torque (input impedance 10–12 kΩ)
specifications speed limit Set by parameters or external analog input (0–± 10 V DC, rated speed)
position tables 255 table entries for target position, set speed value, acceleration/deceleration time, braking
Integrated
positioning programming style 256 programs, 640 program steps, 25 commands
indexing function 255 stations, rotational direction tightly adjustable or automatically shortest path

Control specifications MR-J4-m(-RJ) (SSCNETIII/H) 10B 20B 40B 60B(4) 70B-RJ 100B(4) 200B(4) 350B(4) 500B(4) 700B(4) 11KB(4) 15KB(4) 22KB(4)
Position/speed control mode, torque control specifications Control via SSCNETIII/H
Communication speed 150 Mbps

81
 Servo and Motion Systems

MR-J4W2-B/MR-J4W3-B servo amplifier specifications

Additional to the standard version of the MR-J4 space inside the cabinet and costs due to less
amplifiers (SSCNETIII/H Motion Network) for one wires, but also valuable energy what reduces
servo motor Mitsubishi Electric now offers also the pollution of CO2 at the same time. The range
servo amplifiers for two or three servo motors. of output power for the amplifier for two axes
The amplifiers for two (MR-J4W2-B) and three is from 0.2 to 1 kW, for three axes from 0.2 to
axes (MR-J4W3-B) are space and wiring saving 0.4 kW per axis. All other specification items are
and more efficient than two or three single identical with the standard version of the MR-
amplifiers. Therefore the engineer saves not only J4-B for one axis.

Specifications W2-22B W2-44B W2-77B W2-1010B W3-222B W3-444B

3-phase 200–240 V AC,
Power supply 1-phase or 3-phase 200–240 V AC, 50/60 Hz 1-phase or 3-phase 200–240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
Control system Sinusoidal PWM control/current control system
Dynamic brake Built-in Built-in Built-in Built-in Built-in
Speed frequency response 2500 Hz 2500 Hz 2500 Hz 2500 Hz 2500 Hz
Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servomotor overheat protection, encoder fault
Protective functions protection, regeneration fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection.
Safety function STO (IEC/EN 61800-5-2); (SS1 function is available by using the safety option card MR-J3-D05)

Order information  Art. no. 248645 248646 248647 248648 248649 248650

MR-D30 functional safety unit

8 In combination with the optional MR-D30 func-

tional safety unit, additional safety functions
The activation is possible by wiring the signals
directly to the MR-D30 or in combination with
according to EN IEC 61800-5-2 can be realized. the Motion Controller via a safe SSCNETIII/H
Servo and Motion Systems

By combining the MR-D30 functional safety unit communication. Additionally the wiring will be
with a MR-J4-A/B-RJ servo amplifier, safety func- reduced by activating via network.
tions “Safe Stop” (SS1), “Safe Brake Control” (SBC),
“Safely Limited Speed” (SLS) and “Safe Speed
Monitor” (SSM) according to EN IEC 61800-5-2
are available.

Specifications MR-D30
voltage /frequency 24 V DC
Control power supply permissible voltage fluctuation 24 V DC ±10 %
power supply capacity 800 mA
Supported amplifiers MR-J4-mA/B-RJ
Shut-off input (Safety devices) 6 redundant input points, source or sink logic
Shut-off release input (restart devices) 3 redundant output points, source logic
Response time 15 ms or less for Safe Torque Off (STO)
ambient temperature Operation: 0–55 °C (no freezing), storage: -20–65 °C (no freezing)
ambient humidity Operation: 90 % RH or less (no condensation), storage: 90 % RH or less (no condensation)
Environment atmosphere Inside control panel; no corrossive gas, no flammable gas, no oil mist, no dust
elevation 1000 m or less above sea level
oscillation 5.9 m/s2 or less at 10 to 57 Hz (directions of X, Y and Z axes)

Order information  Art. no. 275670

82
 Servo and Motion Systems

Positioning modules MELSEC System Q

The MELSEC System Q offers three different The open-collector and differential output
positioning module series for control of up to controllers can be used with standard type servo
four axes amplifiers (MR-JE-A/MR-J4-A).
zz Open-collector output type (QD75P series)
zz Differential output type (QD75D series)

Specifications QD75D1 QD75D2 QD75D4 QD75P1 QD75P2 QD75P4

Number of control axes 1 2 4 1 2 4
2, 3, or 4 axes linear 2, 3, or 4 axes linear
2 axes linear and 2 axes linear and
Interpolation — and 2 axes circular — and 2 axes circular
circular interpolation circular interpolation
interpolation interpolation
Positioning data items 600 600 600 600 600 600
Output type Differential driver Differential driver Differential driver Open collector Open collector Open collector
Output signal Pulse chain Pulse chain Pulse chain Pulse chain Pulse chain Pulse chain

Order information Art. no. 129675 132581 129676 132582 129677 132583

Accessories 40-pin connector and ready to use connection cables and system terminals; Programming software: GX Configurator QP, art. no.: 132219

Positioning modules MELSEC L series

The MELSEC L series offers six different position-

ing modules for control of up to four axes.
The open-collector output type module pro-
vides positioning with open loop control. The
8
zz Differential output type (LD75Dm ) module generates the travel command via the

Servo and Motion Systems

pulse chain. The speed is proportional to the
zz Open-collector output type (LD75Pm) pulse frequency and the distance travelled is
These positioning modules can be used with proportional to the pulse length.
standard type servo amplifiers (Mitsubishi The differential output type module is suitable
­Electric MR-JE-A, MR-J4-A). for bridging long distances between the module
All MELSEC L series positioning modules can and the drive system due to the fact that the
provide functionality such as interpolation, output allows large cable lengths.
speed positioning operation etc.

Specifications LD75D1 LD75D2 LD75D4 LD75P1 LD75P2 LD75P4

Accessible axes 1 2 4 1 2 4
2-axis linear interpolation, 2-/3-/4-axis linear inter- 2-axis linear interpolation, 2-/3-/4-axis linear inter-
Output frequency pulse/s — 2-axis circular interpolation polation, 2-axis circular — 2-axis circular interpolation polation, 2-axis circular
interpolation interpolation
Positioning data items per axis 600 600 600 600 600 600
Output type Differential driver Differential driver Differential driver Open collector Open collector Open collector
Output signal Pulse chain Pulse chain Pulse chain Pulse chain Pulse chain Pulse chain

Order information Art. no. 251448 251449 238095 251446 251447 238096

83
 Servo and Motion Systems

Positioning modules MELSEC iQ-R

The MELSEC iQ-R series offers a choice of two wiring up to a distance of 10 m. It can be used in
positioning modules, transistor output or positional control or speed control, and features
differential drive output, depending on the include linear, circular, and helical interpolation,
connected amplifier. The modules are capable which is a complex control required for deep-
of transmission speeds up to 5M pulses/s, and thread milling applications.
the differential driver output module supports

Specifications RD75D2 RD75D4 RD75P2 RD75P4

Number of control axes 2 4 2 4
2-/3-/4-axis linear interpolation, 2-/3-/4-axis linear interpolation,
pulse/s 2-axis linear interpolation, 2-axis linear interpolation,
Interpolation 2-axis circular interpolation, 2-axis circular interpolation,
2-axis circular interpolation 2-axis circular interpolation
3-axis helical interpolation 3-axis helical interpolation
Positioning data items 600 600 600 600
Output type Differential driver Differential driver Open collector Open collector
Output signal Pulse chain Pulse chain Pulse chain Pulse chain

Order information Art. no. 279564 279565 279562 279563

Single axis motion controller MR-MQ100

8
The MR-MQ100 allows a single axis to be com- A complete range of essential functions are
pletely controlled and synchronised to a sepa- available, including encoder and virtual axis
Servo and Motion Systems

rate encoder or virtual axis with no additional synchronization, registration, point to point
controller hardware like a PLC. Applications such positioning and user defined cam profiles.
as rotary cutters, flying saws and labelling can
be realized cost-effectively.

Specifications MR-MQ100
Power supply 24 V DC ±10 % (required current capacity: 400 mA)
Digital inputs (mark sensors) 4 inputs (24 V DC)
Digital outputs 2 outputs (24 V DC)
signal type A/B phase pulse train input
Synchronous voltage input/open-collector Up to 800 kpps (after magnification by 4), up to 10 m
encoder type (5 V DC)
differential input type Up to 4 Mpps (after magnification by 4), up to 30 m
100 Mbps/10 Mbps Ethernet (for programming and additional options)
Peripheral interface SSCNETIII (for connection to servo amplifier with optical cable)
(PTP (Point To Point) control, speed control/speed-position control, fixed-pitch feed, constant speed control, position follow-up control,
method speed control with fixed position stop, speed switching control, high-speed oscillation control, synchronous control (SV22))
Positioning acceleration/deceleration control Automatic trapezoidal acceleration/deceleration, S-curve acceleration/deceleration
compensation Backlash compensation, Electronic gear, Phase compensation

Order information Art. no. 217705

84
 Servo and Motion Systems

MELSEC Simple Motion modules

The MELSEC System Q, the MELSEC L series, the These functions can be realized with simple
iQ-R series and the iQ-F series lineup includes parameter adjustments and via the PLC pro-
S
Simple Motion modules in addition to the gram.
regular positioning modules. Various control
functions previously only possible with Motion
Controllers, such as speed control, torque con-
trol, synchronous control and cam control, are
now available with the Simple Motion modules.

Specifications LD77MS2 LD77MS4 LD77MS16 QD77MS2 QD77MS4 QD77MS16 FX5-40SSC-S

Number of controllable axes 2 4 16 2 4 16 4
2 axes linear 2 axes linear
Linear interpolation for up to 4 axes, Linear interpolation for up to 4 axes,
Interpolation functions and circular and circular
­interpolation circular interpolation for 2 axes ­interpolation circular interpolation for 2 axes
Output type SSCNETIII/H SSCNETIII/H SSCNETIII/H SSCNETIII/H SSCNETIII/H SSCNETIII/H SSCNETIII/H
Output signal Bus Bus Bus Bus Bus Bus Bus
MR-JE-B/
Servo amplifier MR-JE-B/MR-J4(W2/W3)-B over SSCNETIII/H MR-J4(W2/W3)-B
over SSCNETIII/H
method PTP (Point To Point) control, path control (linear and arc), speed control, speed-position switching control, position-speed switching control, torque control
Positioning acceleration/deceleration control Trapezoidal acceleration/deceleration, S-curve acceleration/deceleration
compensation Backlash compensation, electronic gear, near pass function
Number of positioning points 600 per axis (can be set with GX Works2/GX Works3 or PLC program)
External input signals 1 encoder, A/B phase; 4 digital inputs [DI1–DI4]
Cam function 256 kBytes, max. 256 (depends on resolution)

8
Order information Art. no. 268199 268200 268201 248702 248703 248704 281405

Specifications RD77MS2 RD77MS4 RD77MS8 RD77MS16

Servo and Motion Systems

Number of controllable axes 2 4 8 16
2 axes linear and circular Linear interpolation for up to 4 axes,
Interpolation functions
­interpolation circular interpolation for 2 axes
Output type SSCNETIII/H SSCNETIII/H SSCNETIII/H SSCNETIII/H
Output signal Bus Bus Bus Bus
Servo amplifier MR-JE-B/MR-J4(W2/W3)-B over SSCNETIII/H
PTP (Point To Point) control, path control (linear and arc), speed control, speed-position switching control, position-speed switching control, speed-torque control,
method advanced synchronous control
Positioning
acceleration/deceleration control Trapezoidal acceleration/deceleration, S-curve acceleration/deceleration
compensation Backlash compensation, electronic gear, near pass function
Number of positioning points 600 per axis (can be set with GX Works3 or PLC program)
External input signals 1 encoder, A/B phase; 4 digital inputs [DI1–DI4]
Cam function 256 kBytes, max. 256 (depends on resolution)

Order information Art. no. 280229 280230 280231 280232

85
 Servo and Motion Systems

Stand-alone motion controller Q170MSCPU/Q170MSCPU-S1

The Q170MSCPU/Q170MSCPU-S1 combines An encoder interface is included as standard,

a PLC CPU, a Motion CPU and a power supply enabling multiple axes synchronization with an
module into one compact unit. No base unit external encoder.
is required, although an extension base unit
with standard PLC modules can be connected if
required.

Specificatons Q170MSCPU Q170MSCPU-S1

number of controllable axes 16
operation cycle 0.22 ms, 0.44 ms, 0.88 ms, 1.77 ms, 3.55 ms, 7.11 ms
Motion-CPU programming languages Motion SFC, dedicated instruction, mechanical support language (SV22)
servo program capacity 16 k steps
servo amplifier MR-J4-B over SSCNETIII/H
Interpolation functions Linear interpolation for up to 4 axes, circular interpolation for 2 axes, helical interpolation for 3 axes
number of I/O points 4096 points
programming languages Ladder, instruction list, SFC, structured text
PLC CPU program capacity 30 k steps (120 k bytes) 60 k steps (240 k bytes)
processing speed 20 ns (LD instruction); 40 ns (MOV instruction) 9.5 ns (LD instruction); 19 ns (MOV instruction)
total number of instructions 858 (including real number operation instruction)
(PTP (Point To Point) control, speed control/speed-position control, fixed-pitch feed, constant speed control, position follow-up control,
method
speed control with fixed position stop, speed switching control, high-speed oscillation control, synchronous control (SV22))
Positioning acceleration/deceleration control Automatic trapezoidal acceleration/deceleration, S-curve acceleration/deceleration
compensation Backlash compensation, electronic gear, phase compensation

Order information Art. no. 266524 266535

8 Motion controller CPUs of MELSEC System QDS and iQ-R

The Q-Motion controller CPU controls and

Servo and Motion Systems

synchronises the connected servo amplifiers

and servo motors. A motion system besides the
controller CPU, also includes a PLC CPU. Only
after combining a highly dynamic positioning
control CPU and a PLC, an innovative motion
control system is created.

Specifications Q172DSCPU Q173DSCPU R16MTCPU R32MTCPU

Type Motion CPU Motion CPU Motion CPU Motion CPU
I/O points 8192 8192 8192 8192
No. of control axes 16 32 16 32
Interpolation functions Linear interpolation for up to 4 axes, circular interpolation for 2 axes, helical interpolation for 3 axes
PTP (point to point), speed control/speed-position control, fixed pitch feed, constant speed control, position follow-up control, speed switching control,
method high-speed oscillation control, synchronous control (SV22)
Positioning acceleration/deceleration control Automatic trapezoidal acceleration/deceleration, S-curve acceleration/deceleration
compensation Backlash compensation, electronic gear
Servo program capacity 16 k steps, 3200 positioning points 32 k Schritte, 6400 Positionieradressen
Interfaces Ethernet 100/10 Mbps, SSCNETIII/H (USB, RS232C via PLC CPU)
Servo amplifier MR-J4-B over SSCNETIII/H

Order information Art. no. 248700 248701 280227 280228

MELSEC System Q-Motion system modules

Type Description Art. no.
Q172DLX Servo external signals interface module 213894
Q172DEX Serial absolute synchronous encoder interface module 213895
Q173DPX Manual pulse generator interface module 213896
Q173DSXY Safety signal module 251051

86
 For detailed
information,
please refer
to the family
catalogues.

MELFA Robot Systems

Large range of robot models makes selection easy
Mitsubishi Electric produces a comprehensive The product range includes the almost universal Two special models are the unique high-preci-
range of robot models to cater to the full spec- articulated-arm robots with 6 degrees of sion robots with their parallel arm structure for
trum of modern needs. freedom and payloads of 2 kg to 20 kg and very fast micro handling tasks with payloads of
All Mitsubishi Electric robots are powerful, fast SCARA robots with 4 degrees of freedom and 1 kg to 5 kg as well as the flexible high-speed
and compact – that goes almost without saying. payloads of 3 kg to 20 kg for assembly and pal- SCARA robot for ceiling mounting.
letising tasks.

Example of a robot system configuration

PC PLC
GOT RT Toolbox2

Robot
USB or controller CC-Link, DeviceNet™,
Ethernet Ethernet Profibus, Profinet,
Ethernet
SSCNETIII
CNC

Tracking Ethernet

Vision sensor

Remote I/Os

Servo amplifier
Additional axes

F-D and F-Q series

Mitsubishi Electric offers two basic robot Full production line integration can easily F-D system robots are also available as ­F-Q robot
families that meet all requirements – no matter
how complex or demanding an application is.
be realised with F-Q-robot systems. This is
an iQ Platform based robot controller which
systems. Powerful features like fully integrated
HMI terminal application monitoring, communi- 9
Advantages of the F-D series are high perfor- directly communicates with the iQ PLC CPU and cation on most of the widely used networks and
mance and maximum productivity. Additional all its modules. This makes the complete range high performance MES functionality for 100 %

MELFA Robot Systems

feature of the F-Q series is the high integration of iQ system modules (I/O, networking, special data logging are just some of the features of this
potential, which is unique compared with other function, etc.) available to an F-Q system. system.
robot systems.

F-D series F-Q series

Ethernet Ethernet
MR-J4-B
0,768%,6+,

Robot CPU
Q172DRCPU

SSCNETIII (optical
communications)
Controller

Additional CR750
axis function Controller

USB Robot CPU +

Pulse encoder communication Drive unit

Encoder SSCNETIII (optical

MR-J4-B
USB
0,768%,6+,

input function communications)

MR-J3-BS
communication
Additional
axis function

87
 MELFA Robot Systems

Articulated robot for 2 kg and 4 kg payload

- The compact and light RV-2FB can be seamless The RV-4F series has been optimised with a choice
- integrated into different automation systems. of major networking technologies: Ethernet,
-
Flexibility and the wide range of motion permits DeviceNet™, Profibus DP, Profinet und CC-Link.
acting in applications with limited space. For complex automation cells where movement
-
The RV-4F series of robots have been designed is restricted, or there is a large distance between
- to be very simple to integrate into an existing working points, the RV-4F robots can control up
automation cell. Features such as the direct con- to 8 additional axes to its standard robot arm
- trol over local I/Os allows the robot to interact configuration.
directly with sensors and actuators. In addition, a clean room model is available that
conforms to ISO Level III.
RV-4FLM

Modell RV-2FB-D1-S15 RV-2FB-Q1-S15 RV-4FLM-D1-S15 RV-4FLM-Q1-S15

Degrees of freedom 6 6 6 6
Maximum payload kg 2 2 4 4
Gripper flange reach mm 504 504 649 649
Repeatabilitymm ±0.02 ±0.02 ±0.02 ±0.02
Max. speed mm/s 4955 4955 9048 9048
Controller type CR750-D CR750-Q + Q172DRCPU CR750-D CR750-Q + Q172DRCPU
J1 480 (±240) 480 (±240) 480 (±240) 480 (±240)
J2 240 (-120–+120) 240 (-120–+120) 240 (-120–+120) 240 (-120–+120)
J3 160 (0–+160) 160 (0–+160) 164 (0–+164) 164 (0–+164)
Operating range (deg.)
J4 400 (±200) 400 (±200) 400 (±200) 400 (±200)
J5 240 (-120–+120) 240 (-120–+120) 240 (-120–+120) 240 (-120–+120)
J6 720 (-360–+360) 720 (-360–+360) 720 (±360) 720 (±360)
Robot weight kg 19 19 41 41
Protection IP30 IP30 IP67 IP67

Order information  Art. no. 255211 255213 255268 255272

Articulated robot for 7 kg to 20 kg payload

9 -
-

-
The RV-7FM with a nominal and maximum
payload of 7 kg sets new benchmark standards
The high-performance robots RV-13 and RV-20
are specially suited for handling heavy loads.
for speed, flexibility, ease of integration and Due to the compact body and slim arm design,
simplicity of programming. For an optimum the robots can operate in a large work area. The
MELFA Robot Systems

- work radius the robot is available in three ver- anti-collision function of the iQ Platform models
sions with ranges from 713 mm to 1503 mm. prevents collisions between robots which are
-
Ethernet, USB, tracking, camera connection and working close together.
additional axis connections are standard in all There’s also a clean room model available that
-
MELFA Robot Series. conforms to ISO Level III.

RV-7FLM

RV-7FM-D1-S15 RV-7FLM-D1-S15 RV-7FLLM-D1-S15 RV-13FM-D1-S15 RV-13FLM-D1-S15 RV-20FM-D1-S15

Modell RV-7FM-Q1-S15 RV-7FLM-Q1-S15 RV-7FLLM-Q1-S15 RV-13FM-Q1-S15 RV-13FLM-Q1-S15 RV-20FM-Q1-S15
Degrees of freedom 6 6 6 (super long arm) 6 6 6
Maximum payloadt kg 7 7 7 13 13 20
Gripper flange reach mm 712 908 1503 1094 1388 1094
Repeatabilitymm ±0.02 ±0.02 ±0.06 ±0.05 ±0,05 ±0,05
Max. speed mm/s 11064 10977 15300 10450 9700 4200
CR750-D/CR750-Q + CR750-D/CR750-Q + CR750-D/CR750-Q + CR750-D/CR750-Q + CR750-D/CR750-Q + CR750-D/CR750-Q +
Controller type Q172DRCPU Q172DRCPU Q172DRCPU Q172DRCPU Q172DRCPU Q172DRCPU
J1 480 (±240) 480 (±240) 380 (±190) 380 (±190) 380 (±190) 380 (±190)
J2 240 (-115–+125) 240 (-110–+130) 240 (-90–+150) 240 (-90–+150) 240 (-90–+150) 240 (-90–+150)
J3 156 (-0–+156) 162 (-0–+162) 167.5 (-10–+157.5) 167.5 (-10–+157.5) 167.5 (-10–+157.5) 167.5 (-10–+157.5)
Operating range (deg.)
J4 400 (±200) 400 (±200) 400 (±200) 400 (±200) 400 (±200) 400 (±200)
J5 240 (-120–+120) 240 (-120–+120) 240 (-120–+120) 240 (-120–+120) 240 (-120–+120) 240 (-120–+120)
J6 720 (±360) 720 (±360) 720 (±360) 720 (±360) 720 (±360) 720 (±360)
Robot weight kg 65 67 130 120 130 120
Protection IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67

Art. no. 255275 255276 268460/ 268488 268490 268504

Order information  255279 255280 268462 268492 268494 268506

88
 MELFA Robot Systems

SCARA robot for 1 kg to 20 kg payload

Modell RP-1ADH-S15 RP-3ADH-S15 RP-5ADH-S15

- Degrees of freedom 4 4 4
Maximum payload kg 1 3 5
Controller type CR1DA CR1DA CR1DA
WxD (mm) 150x105 (A6 size) 210x148 (A5 size) 297x210 (A4 size)
J3 vertikal
Operating range motion (mm) 30 50 50

- J4 (deg.) ±200 ±200 ±200

- X-Y surface (mm) ±0.005 ±0.008 ±0.01
Repeat position J3 vertikal
motion (mm) ±0.01 ±0.01 ±0.01
- accuracy
RH-12FH J4 (deg.) ±0.02 ±0.03 ±0.03
Robot weight kg 12 24 25
SCARA robots are ideal for sorting, palletizing
and component installation. Order information  Art. no. 252843 252844 252885
This combination of compact dimensions and
great precision predestine the RP robots for
micro-handling tasks. RH-3FH5515-D1-S15 RH-6FH5520-D1-S15 RH-12FH8535N-D1-S15 RH-20FH10035N-D1-S15
Modell RH-3FH5515-Q1-S15 RH-6FH5520-Q1-S15 RH-12FH8535N-Q1-S15 RH-20FH10035N-Q1-S15
With a resulting reduced cycle time of only
Degrees of freedom 4 4 4 4
0.29 seconds for a 12” cycle the robots of the
Maximum payload kg 3 6 12 20
RH-F series achieve the highest speeds in their
CR750-D/CR750-Q + CR750-D/CR750-Q + CR750-D/CR750-Q + CR750-D/CR750-Q +
class thanks to the new motors developed by Controller type Q172DRCPU Q172DRCPU Q172DRCPU Q172DRCPU
Mitsubishi Electric, high arm rigidity and unique
Gripper flange reach mm 550 550 850 1000
control technology.
J1 (deg.) 340 (±170) 340 (±170) 340 (±170) 340 (±170)
Straight from the factory, the RH-F series J2 (deg.) 290 (±145) 290 (±145) 306 (±153) 306 (±153)
offers many features, such as connections for Operating range
J3 (Z) (mm) 150 200 350 350
pneumatic grippers, Ethernet, USB, tracking
functions, camera interface, hand I/O, additional J4 (Θ axis) (deg.) 720 (±360) 720 (±360) 720 (±360) 720 (±360)
axis controller and an interface for GOT HMIs Repeatability X-Y direction mm ±0.012 ±0.012 ±0.015 ±0.02
with freely programmable user interfaces. Also Max. speed  mm/s 8300 8300 11350 13283
a standard: foodgrade H1 grease – ideal for food Robot weight kg 32 37 69 77
and beverage industry. For pharmaceutical and Protection IP20 IP54 (IP65 optional) IP54 (IP65 optional) IP54 (IP65 optional)
micro electronic applications there is a clean
250377 250383 254377 254388
room model available that conforms to ISO Order information  Art. no. 250380 250389 254383 254392
Level III.

MELFA Robot Systems

SCARA robot for overhead installation

RH-1FHR5515-D1-S60 RH-3FHR3515-D1-S15
Modell RH-1FHR5515-Q1-S60 RH-3FHR3515-Q1-S15
Degrees of freedom 4 4
Maximum payload kg 3 3
Controller type CR750-D/CR750-Q + Q172DRCPU CR750-D/CR750-Q + Q172DRCPU
Gripper flange reach mm 550 350
J1 (deg.) 340 (±170) 450 (±225)
J2 (deg.) 290 (±145) 450 (±225)
Operating range
J3 (Z) (mm) 150 150
J4 (Θ axis) (deg.) 720 (±360) 1440 (±720)
Repeatability X-Y direction mm ±0.012 ±0.01
Max. speed  mm/s 6000 6267 (J1, J2)
Robot weight kg 49 24
RH-3FHR Protection IP20 (IP65 optional) IP20 (IP65 optional)

With its special compact design and support 277708 237390

Order information  Art. no. 277709 237391
for overhead installation above the application,
the robot RH-3FHR doesn’t take up any valuable
space in the work area next to the installation
location, enabling even smaller work cell dimen-
sions.
The RH-1FHR5515 is a high-speed robot dedi-
cated for handling of small parts up to 1 kg. Up
to 150 picks/min with conveyer tracking includ-
ing hand open/close are possible.

89
 MELFA Robot Systems

Powerful controller

Characteristics/Functions CR1DA
Shipped with robot RP-1ADH/3ADH/5ADH
Number of controllable axes 6 robot axes + 2 interpolation axes + 6 independent axes
Interfaces USB, Ethernet, RS232 (all integrated)
no. of teaching points Max. 13000
Memory no. program steps Max. 26000
capacity
no. of programs 256
general purpose I/Os Optional
Every robot system has its own compact, modu- External hand open/close 8
inputs/
lar robot controller, which contains the CPU and outputs emergency stop I/Os 1
the power electronics for controlling the robot. door switch input 1
No matter which Mitsubishi robot you use the
programming language and options are always
the same. You can add special application func- Characteristics/Functions CR750-D CR750-Q + Q172DRCPU
tions by inserting expansion option cards in the Shipped with robot RV-2F/4F/4FL/7F/7FL/7FLL//13F/13FL/20F
slots in the controllers. Therefore it is possible, RH-1FHR/3FH/6FH/12FH/20FH
to integrate the controller into different types of Number of controllable axes 6 robot axes + 2 interpolation axes + 6 independent axes
networks. Interfaces Ethernet, USB, SSCNETIII
The CR750 Controller has already implemented no. of teaching points 39000 13000
Memory
functions like Ethernet- and USB-Connection, no. program steps 78000 26000
capacity
Additional Axes Control over SSCNETIII and no. of programs 512 256
Tracking Encoder interface as a standard. general purpose I/Os up to 256 up to 8192
External hand open/close 8 inputs/8 outputs
inputs/
outputs emergency stop I/Os 1 (redundant)
door switch input 1 (redundant)

Robots teach panel

9 Specifications R56TB R32TB
Compatibility All Mitsubishi Electric F series, SD/SQ series and ADH series robots
MELFA Robot Systems

Functions Operation, programming and monitoring of all robot functions

Read out information, also during operation;
program editing with virtual keyboard; display up Read out information, also during operation,
to 14 lines of program code; I/O monitoring for up program editing with T9-Key standard, supervising
Programming and monitoring to 256 inputs and 256 outputs; service display with of I/Os, display of error alarms, Right-/Left-Hand
information on maintenance intervals; error display usage, 36 keys for operation selection
with details of the last 128 alarms
Software Integrated operating system software with menu-based user interface
Menu navigation (language) German, English, French, Italian English, Japanese
R32TB R56TB Monochrome LCD graphic display
type/dimensions 6.5" TFT display (640x480 pixels)
Display (24 characters x 8 lines
The R56TB teach panel is a multifunctional con- technology Touchscreen with backlight LCD with backlight
trol and programming terminal for all Mitsubishi Interfaces USB, Ethernet for connection to the robot controller RS422 for connection to the robot controller
Electric F series, SD/SQ series and ADH series Connection Direct connection to the robot controller, cable length 7m
robots. Its intuitive user interface makes it
Protection rating IP65 IP65
easy to control robot movements and perform
Weight  kg 1.25 0.9
extensive diagnostics and monitoring functions
for users of all levels. All safety-critical functions Order information  Art. no. 218854 214968
such as robot movements are assigned to keys.
Programming and monitoring functions are
accessed and adjusted quickly and easily via the
bright 6.5" touchscreen display.

90
 For detailed
information,
please refer
to the family
catalogues.

Low Voltage Switch Gears

The complete solution for line and load side

Mitsubishi Electric offers the whole line from Air WSS series moulded case circuit breakers MS-N series magnetic contactors and
Circuit Breakers over Low Voltage Switchgear ­thermal overload relays
The MCCBs of the Mitsubishi Electric breaker
to Magnetic Contactors and Thermal Overload
series are amongst the smallest compact circuit Compact, modular extensions and an energy-
Relays.
breakers in the world with electronic overload saving design – these are the main require-
A complete breaker program for complete, all- indication. The system is based, among other ments set by users of contactors and auxiliary
round protection. things, on the well-known and proven micropro- contactors.
cessor technology. The WSS breaker series meets
SUPER AE series air circuit breakers national and international protection ratings MS-N meets these requirement plus:
according to VDE, EN, and IEC standards for zz Easy mounting and wiring
The SUPER AE air circuit breaker family consists
industrial applications as well as for extended
of models from 1000 to 6300 A with a broad zz Easy inspection
shipping demands. The innovative tripping
range of adjustable breaking capacities. zz Built-in surge absorber (from S-N50)
technology guarantees a high reliability and
At the lower end of the scale the smallest cur- highest protection. zz Safety terminal functions
rent setting Ir is 125 A, with the AE1000 model.
With the AE6300, the maximum possible setting The highlights are zz Improvement of electromagnet
is a full 6300 A. zz 3 A to 1600 A rated capacity (3- and 4-pole) zz International standard models

Features include: zz Interchangeable relay unit (thermal type or

electronic type)
zz Complete breaker program
zz Available in fixed and slot-in versions
zz Frame size from 1000 A to 6300 A
zz Breaking capacity up to 200 kA
zz Wide performance range
zz Additional disconnectors available
zz Breaking capacity up to 130 kA
zz Growing power demands
zz Optimum overload tripping system
zz Additional disconnectors available

10

Low Voltage Switch Gears

91
 Low Voltage Switch Gears

SUPER AE series air circuit breakers (AE-SW series)

Built for the global demands of the The development target was based on the
21st century features:
Mitsubishi Electric offers a really complete range zz Simple operation for maximum user-friend-
of circuit breakers. liness
The World Super AE-SW air circuit family consist zz Flexible installation and customised protec-
of models from 1000 to 6300 A and are avail- tion for your systems
able in both 3 and 4 pole versions with fixed or zz Class leading performance range and
drawout configurations to suit your individual extended service life
requirements. There are only 3 standard sizes,
zz Enhanced network support for comprehen-
making planning much easier.
sive monitoring and control

Type AE1000-SW AE1250-SW AE1600-SW AE2000-SWA AE2000-SW AE2500-SW AE3200-SW AE4000-SWA AE4000-SW AE5000-SW AE6300-SW
Frame type 1 2 3
Rated current In (A) 40 °C 1000 1250 1600 2000 2000 2500 3200 4000 4000 5000 6000
Max. rated operational voltage Ue (V) 690 690 690
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) 1000 1000 1000
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 12 12 12
Suitable for isolation V V V
Category B B B
Pollution degree 3 3 3
Number of poles 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4
Rated current Ir (A) adjustment range at 40 °C 500–1000 625–1250 800–1600 1000–2000 625–2000 1250–2500 1600–3200 2000–4000 2000– 4000 2500–5000 3150–6300
Rated current of neutral pole (A) 1000 1250 1600 2000 2000 2500 3200 4000 2000 2500 3150
Rated service short-circuit 690 V AC 65 75 85
breaking capacity 1 Icu (kA, rms)
Ics = Icu = 100 % 400 V AC 65 85 130
Rated short-time withstand
current (kA rms) Icw 1s 65 75 100
Operating cycles 2 without rated current 25000 20000 10000 (3P)/5000 (4P)
(ON/OFF)
horizontal V — V — —
Connecting terminal vertical V3 V V3 V V

10 Outline dimensions (mm)

frontal
fixed type
V3
3-pole: 410x340x290
4-pole: 410x425x290
— V3
3-pole: 410x475x290
4-pole: 410x605x290
— —
3-pole: 414x873x290
4-pole: 414x1003x290
WxHxD
3-pole:
Low Voltage Switch Gears

3-pole: 430x300x368 3-pole: 430x435x368 430x439x368 3-pole: 480x875x368

draw-out type 4-pole: 430x385x368 4-pole: 430x565x368 4-pole: 4-pole: 480x1005x368
430x569x368
fixed type 41 51 41 51 42 52 47 57 60 72 61 73 63 75 81 99 160 180 160 180 160 180
Weight (kg) draw-out type 64 78 64 78 65 79 70 84 92 113 93 114 95 116 108 136 233 256 233 256 240 263
cradle only 26 30 26 30 26 30 31 35 35 43 35 43 36 44 49 61 118 133 118 133 125 140
1 Conforms to IEC60947-2, EN60947-2
2 Number of mechanical operating cycles (on/off).
3 Optional

92
 Low Voltage Switch Gears

WS series moulded-case circuit breakers

The moulded-case circuit breakers of the The tripping technology guarantees a high reli-
Mitsubishi Electric breaker series are amongst ability and highest protection.
the smallest compact circuit breakers in the
world with electronic overload indication of this zz 16 A to 250 A in one model size
kind. The system is based, among other things, (3- and 4-pole)
on the well-known and proven microprocessor zz Overcurrent tripping relay unit
technology. (thermal type or electronic type)
zz Available in fixed and plug-in versions
WSS – World Super Series
zz Breaking capacity up to 200 kA
The WSS breaker series meets national and inter-
national protection ratings according to VDE,
EN, and IEC standards for industrial applications
as well as for extended shipping demands.

Specifications
Specifications NF32-SV NF63-SV NF63-HV NF125-SGV NF125-SEV NF125-LGV
Rated current In max. [A] 32 63 63 125 125 125
Rated insulation voltage Ui [V]  AC 600 600 690 690 690 690
Number of poles 3 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
Rated breaking IEC 947-2 690 V — — 2.5/2.5 8/8 8/8 8/8
AC
capacity EN 60 947-2 (50/60 Hz) 440 V 2.5/2.5 7.5/7.5 10/8 36/36 36/36 50/50
[kA] (Icu/Ics) VDE 0660 400 V 5/5 7.5/7.5 10/8 36/36 36/36 50/50
Dimensions (WxHxD)  mm 75x130x68 75/100x130x68 75/100x130x68 105/140x165x68 105/140x165x68 105/140x165x68

Specifications NF125-HGV NF125-HEV NF125-RGV NF125-UGV NF160-SGV NF160-LGV NF160-HGV

Rated current In max. [A] 125 125 125 125 160 160 160
Rated insulation voltage Ui [V]  AC 690 690 690 690 690 690 690
Number of poles 3/4 3/4 3 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
Rated breaking IEC 947-2 690 V 10/8 10/8 — 15/15 8/8 8/8 10/8
AC
10
capacity EN 60 947-2 (50/60 Hz) 440 V 65/65 65/65 125/125 200/200 36/36 50/50 65/65
[kA] (Icu/Ics) VDE 0660 400 V 75/75 75/75 150/150 200/200 36/36 50/50 75/75
Dimensions (WxHxD)  mm 105/140x165x68 105/140x165x68 105x165x68 105/140x240x68 105/140x165x68 105/140x165x68 105/140x165x68

Specifications NF250-SGV NF250-SEV NF250-LGV NF250-HGV NF250-HEV NF250-RGV NF250-UGV

Low Voltage Switch Gears

Rated current In max. [A] 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
Rated insulation voltage Ui [V] AC 690 690 690 690 690 690 690
Number of poles 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3 3/4
Rated breaking IEC 947-2 690 V 8/8 8/8 8/8 10/8 10/8 — 15/15
AC
capacity EN 60 947-2 (50/60 Hz) 440 V 36/36 36/36 50/50 65/65 65/65 125/125 200/200
[kA] (Icu/Ics) VDE 0660 400 V 36/36 36/36 50/50 75/75 75/75 150/150 200/200
Dimensions (WxHxD)  mm 105/140x165x68 105/140x165x68 105/140x165x68 105/140x165x68 105/140x165x68 105x165x68 105/140x240x68

Specifications NF400-SEW NF400-HEW NF400-REW NF630-SEW NF630-HEW NF630-REW NF800-SEW NF800-HEW NF800-REW
Rated current In max. [A] 400 400 400 630 630 630 800 800 800
Rated insulation voltage Ui [V]  AC 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690
Number of poles 3/4 3/4 3 3/4 3/4 3 3/4 3/4 3
Rated breaking IEC 947-2 690 V 10/10 35/18 — 10/10 15/15 — 10/10 15/15 —
AC
capacity EN 60 947-2 (50/60 Hz) 440 V 42/42 65/65 125/63 42/42 65/65 125/63 42/42 65/65 125/63
[kA] (Icu/Ics) VDE 0660 400 V 50/50 70/70 125/63 50/50 70/70 125/63 50/50 70/70 125/63
Dimensions (WxHxD)  mm 140/185x257x103 140/185x257x103 140x257x103 140/185x257x103 140/185x257x103 140x257x103 210/280x275x103 210/280x275x103 210x275x103

Specifications NF1000-SEW NF1250-SEW NF1600-SEW

Rated current In max. [A] 1000 1250 1600
Rated insulation voltage Ui [V]  AC 690 690 690
Number of poles 3/4 3/4 3/4
Rated breaking IEC 947-2 690 V 25/13 25/13 25/13
AC
capacity EN 60 947-2 (50/60 Hz) 440 V 85/43 85/43 85/43
[kA] (Icu/Ics) VDE 0660 400 V 85/43 85/43 85/43
Dimensions (WxHxD)  mm 210/280x406x140 210/280x406x140 210/280x406x140

93
 Low Voltage Switch Gears

General purpose contactors

Compact, modular extensions and an energy- zz Safety and speedy terminal functions
saving design – these are the main require- zz Thermo-plastic improves the barrier strength
ments set by users of contactors and auxiliary
contactors. zz Coil boasts lower coil consumption
Requirements that the MS-N/T series from zz Improvement of Electromagnet
Mitsubishi Electric fulfill. (DC electromagnet with AC operation)
zz Less noise nor surge from coil
Special features: zz Conform to IEC947-4-1, EN-Standards
zz Easy mounting and wiring zz Wide range for rated continuous current Ith
zz Easy inspection from 20 A to 1000 A
ST-20
zz Built-in surge absorber (from S-N50)

S-N400

Handling of the contactors

S-T10 to S-N65 units can all be mounted on DIN zz Side clip-on auxiliary contact blocks The coil rating is displayed in a location readily
rail (35 mm wide). zz Surge absorbers (varistor and CR models) visible even after the unit is installed onto the
A variety of auxiliary blocks and optional fea- panel.
zz Surge absorbers with LED operating indicators
tures are available including: Contacts are visible when the cover is removed,
zz Mechanical interlocks allowing them to be checked easily.
zz Standard front clip-on auxiliary contact blocks Compact arc quenching and magnet layout
(4-pole-type and 2-pole-type) greatly reduces installation space.
zz Low-level signal front-clip-on auxiliary con-
tact blocks

Three-phase motor ratings IEC category AC3 for contactors

AC-operated S-T10 S-T12 S-T20 S-T21 S-T25 S-T32 S-N35 S-N50 S-N65
Contactor
10 AC 380–440 V 
DC-operated —
kW 4
SD-T12
5.5
SD-T20
7.5
SD-T21
11
SD-T25
15
SD-T32
15
SD-N35
18.5
SD-N50
22
SD-N65
30
Rated continuous current Ith  A 20 20 20 32 32 32 60 80 100
1 NO + 1 NC or 1 NO + 1 NC or
Low Voltage Switch Gears

Auxiliary contacts (standard) 1 NO or 1 NC 2 NO + 2 NC 2 NO + 2 NC — 2 NO + 2 NC 2 NO + 2 NC 2 NO + 2 NC

2 NO or 2 NC 2 NO

Thermal overload relays

Type TH-T18KP TH-T25KP TH-N20TAKPCX TH-N60KPCX
Setting range A 0.1–18 0.24–26 12–65 12–65

Three-phase motor ratings IEC category AC3 for contactors

AC-operated S-N80 S-N95 S-N125 S-N150 S-N180 S-N220 S-N300 S-N400 S-N600 S-N800
Contactor
DC-operated SD-N80 SD-N95 SD-N125 SD-N150 — SD-N220 SD-N300 SD-N400 SD-N600 SD-N800
AC 380–440 V  kW 45 55 60 75 90 132 160 220 330 440
Rated continuous current Ith  A 135 150 150 200 260 260 350 450 800 1000
Auxiliary contacts (standard) 2 NO + 2 NC 2 NO + 2 NC 2 NO + 2 NC 2 NO + 2 NC 2 NO + 2 NC 2 NO + 2 NC 2 NO + 2 NC 2 NO + 2 NC 2 NO + 2 NC 2 NO + 2 NC

Thermal overload relays

Type TH-N60TAKP TH-N120KP TH-N120TAKP TH-N220RHKP TH-N400RHKP TH-N600KP
Setting range A 54–105 34–100 85–150 65–250 85–400 200–800

94
 Low Voltage Switch Gears

Thermal overload relays

A selection of relays for optimum motor protection characteristics

The thermal relay line-up includes the phase zz An operation indicator makes maintenance
failure protection type models (three-element and inspection easy.
relays). zz 1 NO and 1 NC contact
This array of protection characteristics allows zz Rated current can be set easily
you to choose the units suited to your motor
protection needs. zz Finger protection up to TH-N60KPCX
zz Trip-free reset bar
zz Convenient reset release (optional)
TH-T18KP

Contactor relays

Contactor relays are designed for use in low volt- zz Various contact arrangement and long life
age control circuit applications. zz Mountable on 35 mm DIN rails
Our standard contactor relay version is with zz Dust-proof construction
5 auxiliary contacts.
zz Easily visible coil ratings
With side clip-on and front clip-on configura-
tions available, a maximum of 4 auxiliary con- zz Easy wiring (self-rising terminal screws)
tacts are possible. zz Various accessories common with the series
S-N contactors (front and side clip-on type
zz High reliability: By adopting bifurcated mov- additional auxiliary contact blocks, surge
ing contacts and by improving the shape of absorbers)
the contacts, contact performance has been
zz Finger protected types are available (DIN
made more reliable than ever.
57106/VDE 0106 Part 100) (Suffix “CX”)
zz Different types: Standard, large capacity,
overlap contact

SR-T5
10

Low Voltage Switch Gears

Contactor relays
DC-operated type SRD-N4CX 4A SRD-N4CX 3A1B SRD-N4CX 2A2B
Auxiliary contacts 4 NO 3 NO, 1 NC 2 NO, 2 NC

Contactor relays RS-T series

AC-operated SR-T5 5A SR-T5 4A1B SR-T5 3A2B
Contactor
DC-operated SRD-T5 5A SRD-T5 4A1B SRD-T5 3A2B
Auxiliary contacts (standard) 5 NO 4 NO + 1 NC 3 NO + 2 NC

95
 Low Voltage Switch Gears

Electronic multi-measuring instruments

ME96SS
The ME96SS measures and displays all impor- zz Compact sizes according to DIN
tant values of a low voltage/medium voltage zz Easy to read display and simple to learn
power distribution system. By optional plug-in operation
modules, remote I/O’s and open network com-
munication can be added. The remote I/O will be zz Flexible to use and modular
used for monitoring the MCCB or ACB status or zz expandable
can be used for energy counters. zz Conforms to CE standard
The ME96SS provides full integration in a
­CC-Link or Modbus® network and allows
therefore energy reduction and optimization
controlled by our well-known PLC series.

Specifications ME96SSH-MB ME96SSR-MB ME96SSE-MB

Display LCD, monochrome LCD, monochrome LCD, monochrome
Function keys 7 7 7
Memory for Measurements and settings
Network connection Modbus®/RTU communication
Expandability CC-Link, digital or analogue I/Os via plug-in module
External power supply 100–240 V AC (+10 %, -15 %), 50/60 Hz; 75–140 V DC
-5–50 °C (average temperature; ≤35 °C per day),
Operating conditions 30–85 % humidity (no condensation)
Storage conditions -20–60 °C
Dimensions (WxHxD)  mm 96x96x86 96x96x86 96x96x86
Weight  kg 0.5 0.5 0.5
Standards EMC: EN61326-1:2006 safety standard: EN61010-1:2001

Order information  Art. no. 273870 273871 273872

Plug-in modules
Using an optional plug-in module the multi- The plug-in module can be simply plugged into
measuring instrument ME96SS can be con- the designated space on the back side of the
nected in open CC-Link networks. They offer measuring module.
different ­I­/Os to display measured data from the
electric distribution system or similar.
10
Specifications ME-4210-SS96 ME-0040C-SS97 ME-0052-SS98
Low Voltage Switch Gears

Analogue outputs 4 — —
Pulse outputs 2 — —
Digital inputs 1 4 5
Digital outputs — — 2
Network connection — CC-Link —
Suitable measuring instrument ME96SSH-MB, ME96SSR-MB

Order information  Art. no. 273873 273874 273895

Measured and displayed can be:

zz Measuring of voltage, current, active power, zz Using the RS485 interface monitoring of con-
reactive power, apparent power, power factor, tact input (5 circuits) and power monitoring
and frequency. of output control (2 circuits) can be operated
zz In addition, total of six types of energy at the same time.
(incoming energy, outgoing energy, incoming zz Status of the breaker (e. g. ON, OFF, tripped,
lag reactive energy, incoming lead reac- alarm; only useable with AE-SW)
tive energy, outgoing lag reactive energy, zz Measuring of imported and exported energy
and outgoing lead reactive energy) can be
zz Measuring ranges: IT and TN, 60 V to 750 kV,
measured.
5 A to 30 kA, 50 to 60 Hz

96
MES Solutions
Effectively optimizing production by directly connecting enterprise systems with the shop floor.

MES Solutions The MES interface product group

enables direct connection between the MES
ERP
(Manufacturing Execution System) database and Quality management,
shop floor equipment, without a communica- Scheduling
tion gateway such as a PC.
The MES benefits are: MES Production planning, cost management,
zz accurate information in real-time through inventory management, task management, etc.
direct utilization of internal device information
zz simple system implementation by direct con-
MES
necting to database(s) interface
zz no need for PCs and programs, which greatly
reduces costs
zz improved reliability by changing the gateway
PC to a PLC e-F@ctory
Shop floor
zz no specialists and expensive interfacing soft- Ethernet
ware needed
zz reduced installation costs
zz reduced network load because of trigger
executed database communication and not EDM CC-Link
Laser processing Industrial
polling data HMI Motion controller CNC robots

MELSERVO Inverter Eco Master

MELSEC System Q MES interface IT module

The MES Interface IT module provides a direct This allows the removal of the usual intermedi-
link from the iQ Platform to enterprise IT ate layer of PC infrastructure required to process
systems. Hence any shop floor system using the shop floor data. This saves cost, increases secu-
iQ Platform can communicate directly with high rity and reduces maintenance requirements.
level IT systems.

Specifications MESiT
Module type MES interface IT modul
Communications method Ethernet
Interface 
general
type 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX
Interacts with databases via user-defined jobs (Windows, Linux, Unix ect)
11
databases Oracle®/SAP, Microsoft® SQL, DB2, DB2/400
Insert, batch insert, update, select, select with delete, select with update, stored procedure MES Solutions
SQL commands
DB interface and count rows delete
function messaging Http, E-mail, TCP, IBM WebSphere MQ, MQTT, JBOSS
trigger buffering function The MES module buffers the data and trigger time to internal memory.
arithmetic processing Formulas can be applied to data before sending from the MES interface module.
program execution function Executes programs in the application server computer
Memory capacity 1 CompactFlash card can be installed
Internal power consumption (5 V DC) mA 0.93
Dimensions (WxHxD) mm 27.4x98x115

MES-IT module Hardware: 134930

Core software incl. Mitsubishi Electric driver and 5 connections to PLC 227387
Database connection for SQL 227390
Database connection for Oracle 227391
Database connection for DB2 227392
Order information  Art. no. Additional 5 PLC connections 227388
Siemens driver for S7-200, 300, 400, 12000 229481
Mitsubishi Electric MC protocol driver 231543
Modbus driver 231544
Rockwell driver 227395
Omron driver 227397

97
 MES Solutions

MELSEC System Q MES interface module

Specifications QJ71MES96
Module type MES interface module
Communications method Ethernet
Interface type 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX
general Interacts with databases via user-defined jobs
tag function Collects device data of the PLCs CPU on the network in units of tags.
trigger monitor function Monitors the status of conditions (time, tag values, etc.)
DB interface
function trigger buffering function The MES module buffers the data and trigger time to internal memory.
SQL text transmission Automatically generates the correct SQL message according to requirements.
arithmetic processing Formulas can be applied to data before sending from the MES interface module.
program execution function Executes programs in the application server computer
Memory capacity 1 CompactFlash Card can be installed
I/O points 32
Internal power consumption (5 V DC) mA 650
QJ71MES96 Dimensions (WxHxD) mm 27.5x98x90
The MELSEC System Q MES module allows users
Order information  Art. no. 200698
to interface their production control systems
directly to a MES database based on Windows
technology.

MES option board for GOT (GT15 and GT16 series)

GT15-MESB-48M and GT16M-MESB Specifications GT15-MESB48M GT16M-MESB

By using an MES option card the GT15 and GT16 GT15 option card with 48 MB expansion GT16 option card with MES functionality (for
are able to communicate directly with Windows Module type memory and MES functionality (for direct direct database connection)
database connection)
databases without needing a Gateway-PC.
general Interacts with databases via user-defined jobs
The information collected on the MELSEC tag function Collects device data of the PLCs CPU on the network in units of tags.
System Q PLC is linked by the PLC MES interface trigger monitor function Monitors the status of conditions (time, tag values, etc.)
module, and the information from existing DB interface
function trigger buffering function The MES module buffers the data and trigger time to internal memory.
equipment and 3rd party controllers is linked by SQL text transmission Automatically generates the correct SQL message according to requirements.
the GOT1000 MES interface function.
arithmetic processing Formulas can be applied to data before sending from the MES interface module.
The MES interface product series links shop floor program execution function Executes programs in the application server computer
equipment and MES information simply, with
minimum cost. Order information  Art. no. 203473 221369
For GT15 the additional Ethernet communication module GT15-J71E71-100 is required.
For GT15 and GT16 a standard CF card up to 2 GB is required

11
MES interface function for GOT (GT27 and GT25 series)
MES Solutions

GT25-MESIFKEY-1 Specifications GT25-MESIFKEY-1

The MES interface function allows SQL text MES interface function 1 license
transmission from a GOT to a database in the general Interacts with databases via user-defined jobs
server computer connected via the Ethernet, tag function Collects device data of the PLCs CPU on the network in units of tags.
enabling writing GOT’s device values to the trigger monitor function Monitors the status of conditions (time, tag values, etc.)
database and reading database values to set DB interface
function trigger buffering function The SD memory card in the GOT stores the data and trigger time.
them to GOT’s devices.This direct communica- SQL text transmission Automatically generates the correct SQL message according to requirements.
tion with the server computer eliminates the arithmetic processing Formulas can be applied to data before sending via the MES function.
need for gateway equipment. program execution function Executes programs in the application server computer

Order information  Art. no. 274946

98
Power Supplies

The ALPHA POWERs are convenient power Up to 5 ALPHA Power units can be installed
supplies for the 24 V units and other external together for redundant mode operation or con-
devices. They are applicable for wall or DIN rail nected in parallel for more power.
mounting and their dimensions are matched to The units have an integrated thermal overload
those of the ALPHA family. protection circuit and a POWER LED. The output
voltage is adjustable.

Specifications ALPHA POWER 24-0.75 ALPHA POWER 24-1.75 ALPHA POWER 24-2.5
Application Power supply for the 24 V ALPHA base units and external devices
Nominal input voltage 100–240 V AC (45–65 Hz)
Output voltage 24 V DC (+/-1 %)
Max. output current 0.75 A 1.75 A 2.5 A
Protection IP20
Dimensions (WxHxD)  mm 36x90x61 54x90x61 72x90x61

Order information  Art. no. 209029 209030 209031

The power supply modules FX3U-1PSU-5V, Two FX3U-1PSU-5V units can be installed in
FX3UC-1PS-5V and FX5-1PSU-5V are used to parallel for more power.
reinforce the build-in 5 V DC and 24 V DC power
supply of a FX3U/FX3UC main unit. They do
not occupy any I/O points and deliver up to 1 A
more current for the 5 V system bus (for special
function modules).

Specifications FX3U-1PSU-5V FX3UC-1PS-5V FX5-1PSU-5V

Power supply for the FX3U Power supply for the FX3UC Power supply for the FX5U
Application system bus system bus system bus
Nominal input voltage 100–240 V AC (50/60 Hz) 24 V DC (+20 %/-15 %) 100–240 V AC (50/60 Hz)
Output voltage 5 V DC/24 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC/24 V DC
5 V DC 1 A at 40 °C; 0.8 A at 55 °C 1A 1.2 A at 40 °C
Max. output current
24 V DC 0.3 A at 40 °C; 0.2 A at 55 °C — 0.3 A at 40 °C
Dimensions (WxHxD)  mm 55x90x87 24x90x74 50x90x83

Order information  Art. no. 169507 210086 280509

Note: The FX3U-1PSU-5V can’t be used with a 24 V base unit!
When connecting an input extension module (e.g. FX2N-8ER-ES/UL, FX2N-8ER) to the FX3U-1PSU-5V, supply the power for it from the 24 V DC service power
supply of the connected main unit or powered extension unit on the upstream side.

The primary switched-mode power supply The power supply units can be installed in
units PSU are especially applicable for universal
usage in batch mechanical engineering. The
parallel for more power or for redundant mode
operation.
12
wide range input and the UL, cUL certifications The units dispose of an adjustable output volt-
allow a worldwide application. The 3-phase
Power Supplies

age, a thermal overload protection circuit and a

units supply the full permanent output power at POWER LED.
breakdown of one phase.

Specifications PSU 25 PSU 50 PSU 100 PSU 200 PSU 200-3 PSU 400-3
Application Power supply for all peripheral devices
Nominal input voltage 100–240 V AC (45–65 Hz) 380–400 V AC
Output voltage 24 V DC
Max. output current 2.5 A 5A 10 A 20 A 20 A 40 A
Protection IP20
Dimensions (WxHxD)  mm 32x130x115 40x130x115 60x130x152.5 115x130x152.5 115x130x152.5 139x130x190

Order information  Art. no. 206147 206148 206149 208850 208851 208852

Accessories (PSU 100 or larger) Wall mounting adapter PSU-UWA, art. no.: 208853

99
Index

Compact PLCs CPU modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

Active data modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Digital I/O modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Analog input modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 High-speed counter modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Remote I/O Modules
Analog I/O adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Interface modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 CC-Link/CC-Link IE Field remote modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Analog temperature input adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Power supply modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Data exchange with peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Analog temperature input modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 System structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 High-speed counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Combined analog I/O modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 What a system looks like . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Open control loop positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Communications adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 What you need . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 The MELSEC STlite series –
Control and display panel/holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 MELSEC L Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 scalable I/O solutions for CC-Link, Profibus and Ethernet . . . . 15
Data logger module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Analog input module for voltages, Analog I/O modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Display modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 currents and temperatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Bus end module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Equipment features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Analog I/O modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Digital I/O modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Expandability and functionality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Branch/extension module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Head stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Expandability and power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 CPU modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Incremental encoder input module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Extension adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Digital I/O modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Interface module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
FX3G/FX3GE/FX3GC series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 High-speed counter modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Power supply modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
FX3S series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Interface modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Temperature input module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
FX3U/FX3UC series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 I/O-Link module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Up/Down counter module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
FX5U/FX5UC series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Power supply modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 The MELSEC ST series –
Serial communications adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 premium product for process industry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
High speed counter and pulse train modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
System structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Analog I/O modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Interface adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Temperature control modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Bus power for head station and power feeding module . . 18
Memory cassettes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
What a system looks like . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Digital I/O modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Micro controllers ALPHA series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
What you need . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Head stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Positioning modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Temperature control modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 MELSEC Safety PLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
MELSEC System Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Servo and Motion Systems
The ALPHA2 series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Components of a MR-J4 servo system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
What components are required for an FX PLC system? . . . . . . 41 Analog CT input module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
General overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Analog input modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
MELSEC Simple Motion modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Frequency Inverters Analog modules for temperature measurement . . . . . . . . 31
MELSEC System Q-Motion system modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Comprehensive range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Analog output modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Motion controller CPUs of MELSEC System QDS and iQ-R . . . . 86
FR-A741 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Base units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
MR-D30 functional safety unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
FR-A770 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Combined analog I/O module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
MR-J4 servo amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
FR-A800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Digital I/O modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
MR-J4W2-B/MR-J4W3-B servo amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
FR-CC2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 High-speed counter modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
MR-JE servo amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
FR-D700 SC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 High speed data logger module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Positioning modules MELSEC iQ-R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
FR-E700 SC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Interface modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Positioning modules MELSEC L series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
FR-F700 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Interrupt module and high-speed inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Positioning modules MELSEC System Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Internal and external options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Load cell input module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Servo motor features and typical applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Loop control module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Low Voltage Switch Gears Servo motor specifications and matching amplifiers . . . . . . . 78
MES interface module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Electronic multi-measuring instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Single axis motion controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Multi-function counter/timer module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
General purpose contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Stand-alone motion controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
NAMUR input module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 PLC CPU modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Software
SUPER AE series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Power measurement modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 iQ Works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
The complete solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Power supply modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Life cycle engineering software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
WS series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 System structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 MAPS – Mitsubishi Electric Adroit Process Suite . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Temperature control modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 PC data management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
MELFA Robot Systems Voltage converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Articulated robot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 MX Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Web server module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 MX OPC Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Example of a robot system configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
What a system looks like . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 MX Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
F-D and F-Q series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
What you need . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 PLC programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Large range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
MELSEC WS Safety Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 ALPHA – ALVLS (AL-PCS/WIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Powerful controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Overview MELSEC iQ-R series, System Q and L series . . . . . . . 20 GX Configurator DP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Robots teach panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Safety relais . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 GX Configurator PN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
SCARA robot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
GX Works2/GX Works3/GX Works2 FX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Networks
MES Solutions AS-Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Programming of drive systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
MES interface function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 FR Configurator/FR Configurator2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
CANopen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
MES interface IT module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 FX Configurator FP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
CC-Link, CC-Link IE Control, CC-Link IE Field
MES interface module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 and CC-Link Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 MR Configurator2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
MES option board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 DeviceNetTM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 MT Works2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Optimizing production . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 EtherCat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Robots programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Ethernet interface modules for various network protocols . . 10 RT ToolBox2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Mitsubishi Electric on the Web . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Visualisation software – HMI programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
J1939 network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
LonWorks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 GT Works3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Modular PLCs
CC-Link Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 MELSECNET/H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
iQ Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Modbus®/TCP, Modbus®/RTU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
MELSEC iQ-R Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Profibus DP(V1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Analog input modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Profinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Analog modules for temperature measurement . . . . . . . . 25 RS485 multi-protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Analog output modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 SSCNETIII/H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Base units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Typical distributed control structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

100
Index

101
Mitsubishi Electric on the Web

The Mitsubishi Electric Industrial Automation internet portal

The Mitsubishi Electric Automation website MyMitsubishi benefits at a glance zz Newsletter

Our website provides a simple and fast way of As a registered user you have free access to Stay up to date: Subscribers to our email
accessing further technical data and up to the many useful additional services that are not newsletter don’t miss any events or special
minute details on our products and services. available to the general public. promotions. Once a month you will receive the
Manuals and catalogues are available in several latest news from the world of Mitsubishi Electric
zz Additional downloads
different languages and can be downloaded automation technology. Topics include product
for free. The main page is available under In addition to brochures, technical catalogues news, case studies on applications realised with
https://eu3a.mitsubishielectric.com. The web site and manuals, MyMitsubishi members can also Mitsubishi Electric products in all fields of auto-
is available in more than 10 different languages download the latest software updates and mation, trade show dates, events for customers
and the number of languages is still growing. drivers, CAD, GSD and EDS files and copies of and special offers.
Follow the drop down menu in the upper right product certifications.
corner of the web site to see if your language is
already available.

Always up to date with the Mitsubishi Electric Newsletter.

MyMitsubishi offers numerous free downloads.
zz Further benefits
zz Graphics database
The European Automation portal With MyMitsubishi you have the additional
MyMitsubishi members also have access to
opportunity to use various online utilities such
our graphics database with product photos,
as tools for the selection or configuration of
MyMitsubishi gives you more graphics and illustrations from our brochures
products. Furthermore, you get access to our
and catalogues.
Are you interested in news about products extensive knowledge base and additional
and technologies from Mitsubishi Electric for services such as the usage of a download list,
factory and process automation applications? the extended product warranty or the option to
Do you need an address in your area for a register your software.
local Mitsubishi Electric distributor? Or are you
already a customer and need quick access to the
latest technical information? You can already
find all this and more on our website, but with
­MyMitsubishi you can find the information you
need even faster and more easily and you also
get some valuable additional services. Take
advantage of MyMitsubishi – it’s your direct
channel to Mitsubishi Electric automation
technology.

How to register Free access to the comprehensive graphics database.

Click on the Register Now link on the MyMitsubishi

page to display the registration form. Enter a
user name and password of your choice and Manage your own favorites list.
your contact details, then click on the Register
button. Shortly after doing this you will receive
an email asking you to confirm and complete
the registration process. If you ever forget your
password just click on the I forgot my password
link to have it sent to your registered email
address. You are in complete control of how
we work with you. You can edit, modify or even
delete your registration at any time from within
your personal profile.

102
 Automation solutions

A world of
automation solutions
Motion control and servos

Inverters

Robots

LV circuit protection

Laser machines

HMI and GOTs

CNC
controllers

Compact PLCs

EDM machines

Modular PLCs

Mitsubishi Electric offers a wide range of automation equipment from PLCs and HMIs to CNC and EDM machines.

A name to trust This is why you can rely on a Mitsubishi

Electric automation solution – because we
Since its beginnings in 1870, some 45 com- know first hand about the need for reliable,
panies use the Mitsubishi name, covering efficient, easy-to-use automation and con-
a spectrum of finance, commerce and trol in our own factories.
industry.
As one of the world’s leading companies with
The Mitsubishi brand name is recognized a global turnover of over 4 trillion Yen (over
around the world as a symbol of premium $40 billion), employing over 100,000 people,
quality. Mitsubishi Electric has the resource and
Mitsubishi Electric Corporation is active in the commitment to deliver the ultimate
space development, transportation, semi- in service and support as well as the best
conductors, energy systems, communica- products.
tions and information processing, audio vis-
ual equipment, home electronics, building
and energy management and automation
systems, and has 237 factories and laborato-
ries worldwide in over 121 countries.
Global partner. Local friend.

European Offices Representatives

Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. Germany Mitsubishi Electric (Russia) LLC Russia GEVA Austria Beijer Electronics A/S Denmark Beijer Electronics SIA Latvia Sirius Trading & Services Romania ILAN & GAVISH Ltd. Israel
Gothaer Straße 8 52, bld. 1 Kosmodamianskaya emb. Wiener Straße 89 Lykkegardsvej 17 Ritausmas iela 23 Aleea Lacul Morii Nr. 3 24 Shenkar St., Kiryat Arie
D-40880 Ratingen RU-115054 Moscow A-2500 Baden DK-4000 Roskilde LV-1058 Riga RO-060841 Bucuresti, Sector 6 IL-49001 Petah-Tikva
Phone: +49 (0)2102 / 486-0 Phone: +7 495 / 721 2070 Phone: +43 (0)2252 / 85 55 20 Phone: +45 (0)46/ 75 76 66 Phone: +371 (0)6 / 784 2280 Phone: +40 (0)21 / 430 40 06 Phone: +972 (0)3 / 922 18 24
Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. Czech Rep. Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. Spain OOO TECHNIKON Belarus HANS FØLSGAARD A/S Denmark Beijer Electronics UAB Lithuania INEA SR d.o.o. Serbia GIRIT CELADON Ltd. Israel
Radlická 751/113e Avenir Business Park Carretera de Rubí 76-80 Apdo. 420 Prospect Nezavisimosti 177-9 Theilgaards Torv 1 Goštautų g. 3 Ul. Karadjordjeva 12/217 12 H’aomanut Street
CZ-158 00 Praha 5 E-08190 Sant Cugat del Vallés (Barcelona) BY-220125 Minsk DK-4600 Køge LT-48324 Kaunas SER-11300 Smederevo IL-42505 Netanya
Phone: +420 251 551 470 Phone: +34 (0) 93 / 5653131 Phone: +375 (0)17 / 393 1177 Phone: +45 4320 8600 Phone: +370 37 262707 Phone: +386 (026) 461 54 01 Phone: +972 (0)9 / 863 39 80
Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. France Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. (Scandinavia) Sweden ESCO DRIVES Belgium Beijer Electronics Eesti OÜ Estonia ALFATRADE Ltd. Malta SIMAP SK Slovakia CEG LIBAN Lebanon
25, Boulevard des Bouvets Fjelievägen 8 Culliganlaan 3 Pärnu mnt.160i 99, Paola Hill Jána Derku 1671 Cebaco Center/Block A Autostrade DORA
F-92741 Nanterre Cedex SE-22736 Lund BE-1831 Diegem EE-11317 Tallinn Malta-Paola PLA 1702 SK-911 01 Trenčín Lebanon-Beirut
Phone: +33 (0)1 / 55 68 55 68 Phone: +46 (0) 8 625 10 00 Phone: +32 (0)2 / 717 64 60 Phone: +372 (0)6 / 51 81 40 Phone: +356 (0)21 / 697 816 Phone: +421 (0)32 743 04 72 Phone: +961 (0)1 / 240 445
Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. Italy Mitsubishi Electric Turkey Elektrik Ürünleri A.Ş. Turkey KONING & HARTMAN B.V. Belgium Beijer Electronics OY Finland INTEHSIS SRL Moldova INEA RBT d.o.o. Slovenia ADROIT TECHNOLOGIES South Africa
Viale Colleoni 7 Palazzo Sirio Şerifali Mahallesi Nutuk Sokak No:5 Woluwelaan 31 Vanha Nurmijärventie 62 bld. Traian 23/1 Stegne 11 20 Waterford Office Park 189 Witkoppen Road
I-20864 Agrate Brianza (MB) TR-34775 Ümraniye-İSTANBUL BE-1800 Vilvoorde FIN-01670 Vantaa MD-2060 Kishinev SI-1000 Ljubljana ZA-Fourways
Phone: +39 039 / 60 53 1 Phone: +90 (0)216 / 526 39 90 Phone: +32 (0)2 / 257 02 40 Phone: +358 (0)207 / 463 500 Phone: +373 (0)22 / 66 4242 Phone: +386 (0)1 / 513 8116 Phone: + 27 (0)11 / 658 8100
Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. Ireland Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. UK INEA RBT d.o.o. Bosnia and Herzegovina PROVENDOR OY Finland HIFLEX AUTOM. B.V. Netherlands Beijer Electronics Automation AB Sweden
Westgate Business Park, Ballymount Travellers Lane Stegne 11 Teljänkatu 8 A3 Wolweverstraat 22 Box 426
IRL-Dublin 24 UK-Hatfield, Herts. AL10 8XB SI-1000 Ljubljana FIN-28130 Pori NL-2984 CD Ridderkerk SE-20124 Malmö
Phone: +353 (0)1 4198800 Phone: +44 (0)1707 / 28 87 80 Phone: +386 (0)1/ 513 8116 Phone: +358 (0) 2 / 522 3300 Phone: +31 (0)180 / 46 60 04 Phone: +46 (0)40 / 35 86 00
Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. Netherlands Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. UAE AKHNATON Bulgaria UTECO A.B.E.E. Greece KONING & HARTMAN B.V. Netherlands OMNI RAY AG Switzerland
Nijverheidsweg 23a Dubai Silicon Oasis 4, Andrei Ljapchev Blvd., PO Box 21 5, Mavrogenous Str. Energieweg 1 Im Schörli 5
NL-3641RP Mijdrecht United Arab Emirates - Dubai BG-1756 Sofia GR-18542 Piraeus NL-2627 AP Delft CH-8600 Dübendorf
Phone: +31 (0) 297250350 Phone: +971 4 3724716 Phone: +359 (0)2 / 817 6000 Phone: +30 (0)211 / 1206-900 Phone: +31 (0)15 260 99 06 Phone: +41 (0)44 / 802 28 80
Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. Poland INEA CR Croatia MELTRADE Kft. Hungary Beijer Electronics AS Norway OOO “CSC-AUTOMATION” Ukraine
ul. Krakowska 50 Losinjska 4 a Fertő utca 14. Postboks 487 4-B, M. Raskovoyi St.
PL-32-083 Balice HR-10000 Zagreb HU-1107 Budapest NO-3002 Drammen UA-02660 Kiev
Phone: +48 (0) 12 347 65 00 Phone: +385 (0)1 / 36 940 - 01/ -02/ -03 Phone: +36 (0)1 / 431-9726 Phone: +47 (0)32 / 24 30 00 Phone: +380 (0)44 / 494 33 44
AutoCont C.S. S.R.O. Czech Republic TOO Kazpromavtomatika Kazakhstan Fonseca S.A. Portugal
Kafkova 1853/3 Ul. Zhambyla 28 R. João Francisco do Casal 87/89
CZ-702 00 Ostrava 2 KAZ-100017 Karaganda PT-3801-997 Aveiro, Esgueira
Phone: +420 595 691 150 Phone: +7 7212 / 50 10 00 Phone: +351 (0)234 / 303 900

Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. / FA - European Business Group / Gothaer Straße 8 / D-40880 Ratingen / Germany /
Version check

Tel.: +49(0)2102-4860 / Fax: +49(0)2102-4861120 / [email protected] / https://eu3a.mitsubishielectric.com

Art. no. 170021-I / 04.2015 / Specifications subject to change / All trademarks and copyrights acknowledged.